UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC  20549

FORM 10-K

[x]           ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended:  April 30, 20122015

OR

[  ]           TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 (FEE REQUIRED)

For the transition period from to
Commission file number     1-11507001-11507


JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)


NEW YORK 13-5593032
State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization I.R.S. Employer Identification No.
   
   
111 River Street, Hoboken, NJ 07030
Address of principal executive offices Zip Code
   
   
 (201) 748-6000 
 Registrant’s telephone number including area code 
   
   
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: Title of each class Name of each exchange on which registered
Class A Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share New York Stock Exchange
Class B Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share New York Stock Exchange
   
 Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: 
 None 
 
 

 
1

 

 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
 
 
Yes |X|     No |    |
 
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.
 
 
Yes |   |     No |X |
 
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
 
 
Yes |X|     No |    |
 
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).
 
 
Yes |X|     No |    |
 
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. |   |
 
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer.smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” ”accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
 
 
Large accelerated filer   |X|       Accelerated filer   |   |       Non-accelerated filer   |   |      Smaller reporting company   |   |
 
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
 
 
Yes |    |      No |X|
 
 
The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to the closing price as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, October 31, 2011,2014, was approximately $2,238.7$2,703.5 million.  The registrant has no non-voting common stock.
 
 
The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s Class A and Class B Common Stock as of May 31, 20122015 was 49,997,91949,379,843 and 9,531,2169,482,004 respectively.
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for use in connection with its annual meeting of stockholders scheduled to be held on September 20, 2012,October 1, 2015, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this formForm 10-K.
 

 
2

 

JOHN WILEY AND SONS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
FORM 10-K
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED APRIL 30, 20122015
INDEX


PART I PAGE
4
4-94-11
911
1012
1013
ITEM 4Mine Safety Disclosures – Not Applicable 
   
PART II  
1113
1214
13-4615-56
46-4857-59
49-8160-100
82101
82101
82101
   
PART III  
82-84101-104
84104
85104-105
85105
85105
   
PART IV  
86-94106-108
   
  
 

 
3

 


Business
 
The Company, founded in 1807, was incorporated in the state of New York on January 15, 1904. As used herein the term “Company” means John Wiley & Sons, Inc., and its subsidiaries and affiliated companies, unless the context indicates otherwise.
 
The Company is a global provider of knowledge and knowledge-enabled services that improve outcomes in areas of research, professional practice and education. Through the Research segment, the Company provides contentdigital and content-enabled digital services to customers worldwide. Core businesses produceprint scientific, technical, medical and scholarly journals, reference works, books, database services and advertising; professionaladvertising. The Professional Development segment provides digital and print books, subscription products, certificationemployment talent solutions, online learning, assessment and training services, and online applications;test prep and educationalcertification. In Education, the Company provides print and digital content, and services. Education contenteducation solutions including online program management services for higher education institutions and services includes integrated online teachingcourse management tools for instructors and learning resources for undergraduate and graduate students, educators, and lifelong learners worldwide as well as secondary school students in Australia.students. The Company takes full advantage of its content from all three core businesses in developing and cross-marketing products to its diverse customer base of researchers, professionals, students, and educators. The use of technology enables the Company to make its content efficiently more accessible to its customers around the world. The Company maintains publishing, marketing, and distribution centersCompany’s operations are primarily located in the United States, Canada, Europe, Asia, and Australia.
 
Further description of the Company’s business is incorporated herein by reference in the Management’s Discussion and Analysis section of this 10-K.
 
Employees
 
As of April 30, 2012,2015, the Company employed approximately 5,2004,900 persons on a full-time equivalent basis worldwide.worldwide.
 
Financial Information About Business Segments
 
The note entitled “Segment Information” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and pages 1315 through 4150 of the Management’s Discussion and Analysis section of this Form 10-K are incorporated herein by reference.
 
Financial Information About Foreign and Domestic Operations and Export Sales
 
The note entitled “Segment Information” of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and page 20pages 25 and 26 of the Management’s Discussion and Analysis section of this Form 10-K are incorporated herein by reference.


Risk Factors
 
You should carefully consider all of the information set forth in this Form 10-K, including the following risk factors, before deciding to invest in any of the Company’s securities. The risks below are not the only ones the Company faces. Additional risks not currently known to the Company or that the Company presently deems immaterial may also impair its business operations. The Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects could be materially adversely affected by any of these risks.
 
4

Cautionary Statement Under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995:
 
4

This Form 10-K and our Annual Report to Shareholders for the year endingended April 30, 2012 contain2015 contains certain forward-looking statements concerning the Company’s operations, performance and financial condition. In addition, the Company provides forward-looking statements in other materials released to the public as well as oral forward-looking information. Statements which contain the words anticipate, expect, believes, estimate, project, forecast, plan, outlook, intend and similar expressions constitute forward-looking statements that involve risk and uncertainties. Reliance should not be placed on forward-looking statements, as actual results may differ materially from those in any forward-looking statements.
 
Any such forward-looking statements are based upon a number of assumptions and estimates that are inherently subject to uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of the Company, and are subject to change based on many important factors. Such factors include, but are not limited to (i) the level of investment in new technologies and products; (ii) subscriber renewal rates for the Company’s journals; (iii) the financial stability and liquidity of journal subscription agents; (iv) the consolidation of book wholesalers and retail accounts; (v) the market position and financial stability of key retailers; (vi) the seasonal nature of the Company’s education business and the impact of the used-book market; (vii) worldwide economic and political conditions; and (viii) the Company’s ability to protect its copyrights and other intellectual property worldwideworldwide; (ix) the ability of the Company to successfully integrate acquired operations and realize expected opportunities and (x) other factors detailed from time to time in the Company’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The Company undertakes no obligation to update or revise any such forward-looking statements to reflect subsequent events or circumstances.
 
Operating and Administrative Costs and Expenses
 
In general, any significant increase in the costs of goods and services provided to the Company may adversely affect the Company’s costs of operation. The Company has a significant investment and cost, in its employee base around the world. The Company offers competitive salaries and benefits in order to attract and retain the highly skilled workforce needed to sustain and develop new products and services required for growth. Employment and benefit costs are affected by competitive market conditions for qualified individuals, and factors such as healthcare, pension and retirement benefitsbenefit costs. The Company is a large paper purchaser, and paper prices may fluctuate significantly from time-to-time. To reduce the impact of paper price increases, the Company relies upon multiple suppliers. The Company from time-to-time may hedge the exposure to fluctuations in price by entering into multi-year supply contracts. As of April 30, 2012,2015, the Company’s consolidated paper inventory was approximately $4.7 million and there were no outstanding multi-year supply contracts.
 
Protection of Intellectual Property Rights
 
Substantially all of the Company’s publications are protected by copyright, held either in the Company’s name, in the name of the author of the work, or in the name of thea sponsoring professional society. Such copyrights protect the Company’s exclusive right to publish the work in many countries abroad for specified periods, in most cases the author’s life plus 70 years, but in any event a minimum of 50 years for works published after 1978. The ability of the Company to continue to achieve its expected results depends, in part, upon the Company’s ability to protect its intellectual property rights. The Company’s results may be adversely affected by lack of legal and/or technological protections for its intellectual property in some jurisdictions and markets.
 
 
5

 
 
The Scientific, Technical, Medical and Scholarly (“STMS”) publishing industry generates much of its revenue from paid customer subscriptions to online and print journal content. There is debate within the academic and government communities whether such journal content should be made available for free, immediately or following a period of embargo after publication. For instance, certain governments are considering mandating that all publications containing information derived from government-funded research be made available to the public at no cost. These mandates have the potential to put pressure on subscription-based publications and favor business models funded by author fees or government and private subsidies. If such regulations are widely implemented, the Company’s operating results could be adversely affected.
Maintaining the Company’s Reputation
 
ProfessionalsThe Company’s professional customers worldwide rely upon many of the Company’s publications to perform their jobs. jobs. It is imperative that the Company consistently demonstrates its ability to maintain the integrity of the information included in its publications. Adverse publicity, whether or not valid, may reduce demand for the Company’s publications.
 
Trade Concentration and Credit Risk
 
In the journal publishing business, print subscriptions are primarily sourced through journal subscription agents who, acting as agents for library customers, facilitate ordering by consolidating the subscription orders/billings of each subscriber with various publishers. Cash is generally collected in advance from subscribers by the subscription agents and is principally remitted to the Company between the months of NovemberDecember and January.April. Although at fiscal year-end the Company had minimal credit risk exposure to these agents, future calendar-year subscription receipts from these agents are highly dependent on their financial condition and liquidity. Subscription agents account for approximately 24%23% of total annual consolidated revenue and no one agent accounts for more than 10% of total annual consolidated revenue.
 
Swets Information Services, a global library subscription agent based in Amsterdam, declared bankruptcy in late September. While the bankruptcy had no material impact on the Company’s financial statements, future sourcing of journal subscriptions may be temporarily impacted. The impact to calendar year 2015 journal subscription revenue is expected to be approximately $5 million.
The Company’s booknon-journal subscription business is not dependent upon a single customer; however, the industry is concentrated in national, regional, and online bookstore chains.customer. Although no one booknon-journal customer accounts for more than 10%8% of total consolidated revenue and 15%12% of accounts receivable at April 30, 2012,2015, the top 10 booknon-journal customers account for approximately 20%17% of total consolidated revenue and approximately 40%29% of accounts receivable at April 30, 2012.2015. The Company maintains approximately $25 million of trade credit insurance, subject to certain limitations, covering balances due from certain named customers which expires in May, 2016.
 
Changes in RegulationLaws and Accounting StandardsRegulations That Could Adversely Affect the Company’s Business
 
The Company maintains publishing, marketing and distribution centersoperations in Asia, Australia, Canada, Europe and the United States. The conduct of our business, including the sourcing of content, distribution, sales, marketing and advertising is subject to various laws and regulations administered by governments around the world. Changes in laws, regulations or government policies, including tax regulations and accounting standards, may adversely affect the Company’s future financial results.
 
The scientific research publishing industry generates much of its revenue from paid customer subscriptions to online and print journal content. There is debate within government, academic and library communities whether such journal content should be made available for free, immediately or following a period of embargo after publication, referred to as “open access”. For instance, certain governments are considering new mandates that would require journal articles derived from government-funded research to be made available to the public at no cost after an embargo period. Open access can be achieved in two ways: Green, which enables authors to publish articles in subscription based journals and self–archive the author accepted version of the article for free public use after an embargo period, and Gold, which enables authors to publish their articles in journals that provide immediate free access to the article on the publisher’s website following payment of an article publication fee. These mandates have the potential to put pressure on subscription-based publications and favor business models funded by author fees or government and private subsidies. If such regulations are widely implemented the Company’s operating results could be adversely affected. To date, the majority of governments that have taken a position on Open access have favored the green model and have generally specified embargo periods of twelve months. The publishing community generally takes the view that this period should be sufficient to protect subscription revenues provided that publishers’ platforms offer sufficient added value to the article. Governments in Europe have been more supportive of the gold model, which thus far is generating incremental revenue for publishers with active open access programs.
6

Business Transformation and Restructuring
The Company is transforming portions of its business from a traditional publishing model to being a global provider of content-enabled solutions with a focus on digital products and services. The recent Deltak.edu, LLC (“Deltak”), Inscape Holdings, Inc. (“Inscape”), Efficient Learning Systems, Inc. (“ELS”), Profiles International (“Profiles”) and CrossKnowledge Group Limited (“CrossKnowledge”) acquisitions, along with the divestment of the Company’s consumer publishing programs, are examples of strategic initiatives that were implemented as part of the Company’s business transformation. The Company will continue to explore opportunities to develop new business models and enhance the efficiency of its organizational structure. The rapid pace and scope of change increases the risk that not all of our strategic initiatives will deliver the expected benefits within the anticipated timeframes. In addition, these efforts may somewhat disrupt the Company’s business activities which could adversely affect its operating results.
In fiscal year 2013, the Company initiated a program to restructure and realign its cost base with current and anticipated future market conditions. Significant risks associated with these actions that may impair the Company’s ability to achieve the anticipated cost reductions or that may disrupt its business include delays in the implementation of anticipated workforce reductions in highly regulated locations outside of the U.S., particularly in Europe and Asia; decreases in employee morale; the failure to meet operational targets due to the loss of key employees; and disruptions of third parties to whom we have outsourced business functions. In addition, the Company’s ability to achieve the anticipated cost savings and other benefits from these actions within the expected timeframe is subject to many estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions are subject to significant economic, competitive and other uncertainties, some of which are beyond our control. If these estimates and assumptions are incorrect, if we experience delays, or if other unforeseen events occur, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected.
Outsourcing of Business Processes
The Company has outsourced certain business functions, principally in technology, content management and certain transactional functions, to third-party service providers to achieve cost savings and efficiencies. If these third-party service providers do not perform effectively, the Company may not be able to achieve the expected cost savings and depending on the function involved, may experience business disruption or processing inefficiencies, all with potential adverse effects on the Company’s operating results.
7

Introduction of New Technologies, Products and Services
 
The Company must continue to invest in technologicaltechnology and other innovations to adapt and add value to its products and services andto remain competitive. There are uncertainties whenever developing new products and services, and it is often possible that such new products and services may not be launched or if launched, may not be profitable or as profitable as existing products and services.
 
6

A common trend facing each of the Company’s businesses is the digitization of content and proliferation of distribution channels either overthrough the internet or viaand other electronic means, which are replacing traditional print formats. The trend to eBooksdigital books has also created contraction in the print book retail market which increases the risk of bankruptcy for certain retail customers, potentially leading to the disruption of short-term product supply to the marketconsumers as well as potential bad debt write-offs.  New distribution channels, such as digital formats, the internet, online retailers and growing delivery platforms (e.g. tablets and e-readers), combined with the concentration of retailer power, present both threats and opportunities to the Company’s traditional consumer publishing models, potentially impacting both sales volumes and pricing. ThereIn addition, there is an enhanced risk associated with the illegal unauthorized replication and distribution of digital products.
Student Demand for Lower Cost Textbooks in Higher Education
The Company’s Education business publishes educational content for undergraduate, graduate and advanced placement students, lifelong learners and in Australia secondary school students. Due to growing student demand for less expensive textbooks, many college bookstores, online retailers and other entities offer used or rental textbooks to students at lower prices than new. It is uncertain how such sales of lower priced textbooks will impact the Company’s operating results.
 
Information Technology Risks
 
Information technology is a key part of the Company’s business strategy and operations. As a business strategy, Wiley’s publishing technology enables the Company to provide customers with new and enhanced products and services and is critical to the Company’s success in migrating from print to digital business models. Information technology is also a fundamental component of all our business processes; collecting and reporting business data; and communicating internally and externally with customers, suppliers, employees and others.
We are continually improving and upgrading our computer systems and software.  We are in the process of implementing a new Enterprise Resource Planning system as part of a multi-year plan to integrate and upgrade our operational and financial systems and processes.  The implementation of this global system will occur in phases over the next several years.  Implementation of a new enterprise resource planning system involves risks and uncertainties.  Any disruptions, delays, or deficiencies in the design or implementation of a new system, could result in increased costs, disruptions in operations or delays in the collection of cash from our customers, as well as have an adverse effect on our ability to timely report our financial results, all of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
 
Information technology system failures, network disruptions and breaches of data security could significantly disrupt the operations of the Company. Management has designed and implemented policies, processes and controls to mitigate risks of information technology failure and to provide security from unauthorized access to our systems. In addition, the Company has in place disaster recovery plans to maintain business continuity.  The size and complexity of our information technology and information security systems, and those of our third-party vendors with whom we contract, make such systems potentially vulnerable to cyber-attacks common to most industries from inadvertent or intentional actions by employees, vendors, or malicious third-parties. Such attacks are of ever-increasing levels of sophistication and are made by groups and individuals with a wide range of motives. While the Company has taken steps to address these risks, there can be no assurance that a system failure, disruption or data security breach would not adversely affect the Company’s business and operating results.
8

 
Competition for Market Share and Author and Society Relationships
 
The Company operates in highly competitive markets. Success and continued growth depends greatly on developing new products and the means to deliver them in an environment of rapid technological change. Attracting new authors and professional societies, while retaining our existing business relationships, are also critical to our success.
 
Introduction of Higher Education Textbook Rental Programs
The Company’s Global Education business publishes educational content for two and four-year colleges and universities, for-profit career colleges, advanced placement classes, as well as secondary schools in Australia. Due to growing demand by students for less expensive textbooks, a number of college bookstores and other entities are offering textbook rental programs to students. In many ways, the textbook rental business model is an adaptation of the used book model that has been in place in the higher education market for many years. Due to its recent introduction it is uncertain what impact, if any, such textbook rental programs will have on Wiley’s results.
7

Interest Rate and Foreign Exchange Risk
 
Non-U.S. revenues, as well as our substantial non-U.S. net assets, expose the Company’s results to foreign currency exchange rate volatility. FiscalThe percentage of Consolidated Revenue for fiscal year 2012 revenue was2015 recognized in the following currencies (as measured in(on an equivalent U.S. dollar equivalents):basis) were: approximately 54%55% U.S dollar; 28%29% British pound sterling; 8% euro and 10%8% other currencies. In addition, our interest-bearing loans and borrowings are subject to risk from changes in interest rates. These risks and the measures we have taken to help contain them are discussed in the Market Risk section of this 10-K. For additional details, see Note 13The Company from time-to-time uses derivative instruments to the Consolidated Financial Statements in this 10-K which is incorporated herein by reference.hedge such risks. Notwithstanding our efforts to foresee and mitigate the effects of changes in fiscal circumstances, we cannot predict with certainty changes in currency and interest rates, inflation or other related factors affecting our business.

Changes in Tax Legislation
 
The Company is subject to tax laws within the jurisdictions in which it does business. Changes in tax legislation could have a material impact on the Company’s financial results. There have been recent proposals to reform U.S. tax laws that would significantly impact how U.S. multinational corporations are taxed on earnings outside of the U.S. This could have a material impact on the Company’s financial results since a substantial portion of the Company’s income is earned outside the U.S. In addition, the Company is subject to audit by tax authorities. Although we believe our tax estimates are reasonable, the final determination of tax audits could be materially different from our historical income tax provisions and accruals and have a material impact on the Company’s net income, cash flow and financial position. See Note 13 (“Tax Audits”) for further details on the Company’s income tax audit in Germany.
 
Business Risk of Doing Business in Developing, Emerging and EmergingOther Foreign Markets
 
The Company sells its products to customers in the Middle East (including Iran and Syria), Africa (including Sudan), Cuba, and other developing markets where it does not have operating subsidiaries. In addition, approximately 9%13% of STMSResearch journal articles are sourced from authors in China. The Company does not own any assets or liabilities in these markets except for trade receivables. Challenges and uncertainties associated with operating in developing markets has a higher relative risk due to political instability, economic volatility, crime, terrorism, corruption, social and ethnic unrest, and other factors. In fiscal year 2015, the Company recorded revenue and net profits of $0.8 million and $0.3 million, respectively, related to sales to Cuba, Sudan, Syria and Iran. While sales in these markets are not material to the Company’s business results, adverse developments related to the risks associated with these markets may cause actual results to differ from historical and forecasted future operating results. Disruption in these markets could also trigger a decrease in consumer purchasing power, resulting in a reduced demand for our products.
 
In November 2011, the United Kingdom, the United States and Canada imposed new sanctions following a United Nations report targeting Iran, including restrictions on financial transactions; business relationships; and prohibitions on direct and indirect trading with listed “designated persons”. The European Union also extended its existing sanctions regime. The Company has assessed its business relationship and transactions with Iran and is in compliance with the regulations. As of April 30, 2012, the Company had outstanding trade receivables with Iran of approximately $2.0 million, mainly related to book sales recognized prior to the sanctions. It is unclear at present whether these sanctions will have an effect on the recovery of this outstanding receivable.
 
89

 
The Company has certain technology development operations in Russia related to software development and architecture, digital content production and system testing services. Due to the political instability within the region, there is the potential for future government embargos and sanctions which could disrupt the Company’s operations in the area. While the Company has developed business continuity plans to address these issues, further adverse developments in the region could have a material impact on the Company’s business and operating results.
 
Liquidity and Global Economic Conditions
 
Changes in global financial markets have not had, nor do we anticipate they will have, a significant impact on our liquidity. Due to our significant operating cash flow, financial assets, access to capital markets and available lines of credit and revolving credit agreements, we continue to believe that we have the ability to meet our financing needs for the foreseeable future. As market conditions change, we will continue to monitor our liquidity position. However, there can be no assurance that our liquidity or our results of operations will not be affected by possible future changes in global financial markets and global economic conditions. Similar to other global businesses, we face the potential effects of a global economic recession. Unprecedented market conditions including illiquid credit markets, volatile equity markets, dramatic fluctuations in foreign currency rates and economic recession could affect future results.
 
Effects of Increases in Pension Costs and Funding Requirements
 
The Company provides defined benefit pension plans for the majority of itscertain employees worldwide. The Company’s Board of Directors approved amendments to the U.S., Canada and U.K. defined benefit plans that froze or will freeze the plans effective June 30, 2013, December 31, 2015 and April 30, 2015, respectively. The funding requirements and costs of these plans are dependent upon various factors, including the actual return on plan assets, discount rates, plan participant population demographics and changes in pension regulations. Changes in these factors affect the Company’s plan funding, cash flow and results of operations. A further discussion on how these factors could impact the Company’s consolidated financial statements is included on page 45 within the Management’s Discussion and Analysis section of this 10-K and incorporated herein by reference.
 
Effects of Inflation and Cost Increases
 
The Company, from time to time, experiences cost increases reflecting, in part, general inflationary factors. There is no guarantee that the Company can increase selling prices or reduce costs to fully mitigate the effect of inflation on company costs.
 
Ability to Successfully Integrate Key Acquisitions
 
The Company’s growth strategy includes title, imprint and other business acquisitions, including knowledge-enabled services which complement the Company’s existing businesses; the development of new products and services; designing and implementing new methods of delivering products to our customers, and organic growth of existing brands and titles.businesses. Acquisitions may have a substantial impact on the Company’s revenues, costs, revenues, cash flows, and financial position. Acquisitions involve risks and uncertainties, including difficulties in integrating acquired operations and in realizing expected opportunities; diversions of management resources and loss of key employees; challenges with respect to operating new businesses; debt incurred in financing such acquisitions; and other unanticipated problems and liabilities.
 
10

Valuation of Goodwill and Intangible Assets
At April 30, 2015, the Company had $962.4 million of goodwill and $917.6 million of intangible assets on its balance sheet. The intangible assets are principally comprised of content and publishing rights, customer relationships, and brands and trademarks. Failure to achieve business objectives and financial projections could result in an asset impairment charge, which would result in a non-cash charge to operating expenses. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are tested for impairment on an annual basis and also when events or changes in circumstances indicate that impairment may have occurred. Intangible assets with determinable lives are tested for impairment only when events or changes in circumstances indicate that an impairment may have occurred. Determining whether an impairment exists can be difficult as a result of increased uncertainty and current market dynamics, and requires significant management estimates and judgment. In addition, the potential for goodwill impairment is increased during periods of economic uncertainty. An asset impairment charge could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, operating results and financial condition.
Attracting and Retaining Key Employees
 
The Company’s successCompany is highly dependent uponon the retentioncontinued services of its Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and other senior officers and key employees globally.employees.  The loss of the services of skilled personnel for any reason and the Company’s inability to replace them with suitable candidates quickly or at all, as well as any negative market perception resulting from such loss, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, operating results and financial condition.  In addition, we are dependent upon our ability to continue to attract new employees with key skills to support the continued organic growth of the business.business growth.

Unresolved Staff Comments

None

 
911

 


Properties
 
The Company occupies office, warehouse, and distribution facilities in various parts of the world, as listed below (excluding those locations with less than 10,000 square feet of floor area, none of which is considered material property).  All of the buildings and the equipment owned or leased are believed to be in good condition and are generally fully utilized.
 
LocationPurposeOwned or LeasedApprox. Sq. Ft.
    
United States:   
    
New JerseyCorporate HeadquartersLeased404,000414,000
 WarehouseLeased380,000
 Office & WarehouseLeased185,000
    
IndianaOfficeLeased123,000108,000
    
CaliforniaOfficeLeased57,000
    
MassachusettsOfficeLeased43,00042,000
    
IowaIllinoisOffice & WarehouseOwnedLeased27,00042,000
    
MinnesotaOfficesFloridaOfficeLeased12,00049,000
    
MinnesotaOfficesLeased16,000
TexasOfficesLeased41,000
ColoradoOfficeLeased15,000
International:   
    
AustraliaOffice & Warehouse Leased93,000
 AustraliaOfficesLeased59,000
    
CanadaOffice & WarehouseLeased87,000
 CanadaOfficeLeased20,00017,000
    
EnglandWarehousesLeased339,000297,000
 OfficesLeased80,000
 OfficesOwned70,000
    
GermanyOfficeOwned58,000
 OfficeLeased19,00024,000
    
SingaporeOfficesLeased44,000
RussiaOfficeLeased18,000
IndiaOffice & WarehouseLeased16,000
    
SingaporeOfficesChinaOfficeLeased14,000 Leased68,000
Office & Warehouse Leased61,000
 
12


Legal Proceedings
 
The Company is involved in routine litigation in the ordinary course of its business. In the opinion of management, the ultimate resolution of all pending litigation will not have a material effect upon the financial condition or results of operations of the Company.

 


PART II
Item 5.Market for the Company’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
 
The Company’s Class A and Class B shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbols JWa and JWb, respectively. Dividends per share and the market price range (Based(based on daily closing prices) by fiscal quarter for the past two fiscal years were as follows:
 
 Class A Common StockClass B Common Stock
  Market Price Market Price
 DividendsHighLowDividendsHighLow
2012      
First Quarter $0.20$53.00$49.08 $0.20$53.22$49.28
Second Quarter0.2050.7142.350.2050.9043.06
Third Quarter0.2049.4343.500.2049.6643.57
Fourth Quarter0.2047.9344.410.2048.0044.30
2011      
First Quarter $0.16$42.84$36.87 $0.16$42.62$36.83
Second Quarter0.1643.7535.590.1643.7235.74
Third Quarter0.1646.7941.210.1646.8541.15
Fourth Quarter0.1652.6446.710.1652.8146.55

  Class A Common StockClass B Common Stock
   Market Price Market Price
  DividendsHighLowDividendsHighLow
 2015      
 First Quarter $0.29 $62.05 $54.52 $0.29 $61.80 $54.35
 Second Quarter0.2960.4251.450.2961.0852.04
 Third Quarter0.2962.8556.480.2962.7556.37
 Fourth Quarter0.2965.2156.880.2965.1056.74
 2014      
 First Quarter $0.25 $45.13 $38.15 $0.25 $45.12$36.93
 Second Quarter0.2550.9543.640.2550.8043.79
 Third Quarter0.2556.7548.810.2556.3548.75
 Fourth Quarter0.2558.8351.630.2558.6851.82
 
TheOn a quarterly basis, the Board of Directors considers quarterly the payment of cash dividends based upon its review of earnings, the financial position of the Company, and other relevant factors. As of April 30, 2012,2015, the approximate number of holders of the Company’s Class A and Class B Common Stock were 1,155873 and 9477 respectively, based on the holders of record.
 
During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2012,2015, the Company made the followingdid not make purchases of Class A Common Stock under its stock repurchase program:program. As of April 30, 2015 the maximum number of shares that may be purchased under the program was 2,179,120.
 
 Total Number of Shares Purchased Average Price Paid Per Share Total Number of Shares Purchased as part of a Publicly Announced Program Maximum Number of Shares that May be Purchased Under the Program
February 2012- - - 2,916,525
March 2012280,000 $47.62 280,000 2,636,525
April 2012280,000 $46.78 280,000 2,356,525
Total560,000 $47.20 560,000  


 
1113

 


Selected Financial Data

                                                                                                                                                                                               For the Years Ended April 30,
Dollars in millions (except per share data)                                    2015                                    2014                                     2013                                     2012                                     2011
Revenue$1,822.4$1,775.2$1,760.8$1,782.7$1,742.6
Operating Income (a-c)237.7206.7199.4280.4248.1
Net Income (a-d)176.9160.5144.2212.7171.9
Working Capital (e)(62.8)60.1(32.2)(66.3)(228.9)
Deferred Revenue in Working Capital (e) (372.1)(385.7)(363.0)(342.0)(321.4)
Total Assets3,004.23,077.42,806.42,532.92,430.1
Long-Term Debt650.1700.1673.0475.0330.5
Shareholders’ Equity1,055.01,182.2988.41,017.6977.9
Per Share Data     
Earnings Per Share (a-d)     
Diluted
$2.97$2.70$2.39$3.47$2.80
Basic
$3.01$2.73$2.43$3.53$2.86
Cash Dividends     
Class A Common$1.16$1.00$0.96$0.80$0.64
Class B Common
$1.16$1.00$0.96$0.80$0.64
For the Years Ended April 30,
Dollars in millions (except per share data)   20122011201020092008
Revenue$1,782.7$1,742.6$1,699.1$1,611.4$1,673.7
Operating Income (a,b)280.4248.1242.6218.5225.2
Net Income (a,b,c)212.7171.9143.5128.3147.5
Working Capital (d)(66.3)(228.9)(188.7)(157.4)(243.6)
Deferred Revenue in Working Capital (d)(342.0)(321.4)(275.7)(246.6)(303.2)
Total Assets2,532.92,430.12,308.62,216.82,570.3
Long-Term Debt475.0330.5559.0754.9797.3
Shareholders’ Equity1,017.6977.9722.4513.5689.1
Per Share Data     
Earnings Per Share (a,b,c)     
Diluted
        $3.47        $2.80        $2.41        $2.15        $2.49
Basic
        $3.53        $2.86        $2.45        $2.20        $2.55
Cash Dividends     
Class A Common        $0.80        $0.64        $0.56        $0.52        $0.44
Class B Common
        $0.80        $0.64        $0.56        $0.52        $0.44

(a)a)  On February 16,
In fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Company recorded restructuring charges of $28.8 million ($20.3 million after tax or $0.34 per share), $42.7 million ($28.3 million after tax or $0.48 per share) and $29.3 million ($19.8 million after tax or $0.33 per share), respectively, and related impairment charges in fiscal years 2014 and 2013 of $4.8 million ($3.4 million after tax or $0.06 per share) and $30.7 million ($21.1 million after tax or $0.35 per share), respectively.
b)  
In fiscal year 2013, the Company recorded a gain, net of losses, on the sale of certain Professional Development consumer publishing programs of $6.0 million ($2.6 million after tax or $0.04 per share).
c)  
In fiscal year 2011, Borders Group, Inc. (“Borders”) filed a petition for reorganization relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy code. The Company recorded a $9.3 million bad debt provision ($6.0 million after taxes)tax or $0.10 per diluted shareshare) related to Borders in fiscal year 2011.the bankruptcy of a large book retailer “Borders”.

(b)  In fiscal year 2010, the Company recognized intangible asset impairment and restructuring charges principally related to GIT Verlag, a Business-to-Business German-language controlled circulation magazine business acquired in 2002.  The fiscal year 2010 charges were $15.1 million ($10.6 million after taxes) and impacted diluted earnings per share by $0.17.

(c)d)  Tax benefits and charges included in fiscal year results are as follows:

·  
Fiscal years 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011 include tax benefits of $10.6 million ($0.18 per share), $8.4 million ($0.14 per share), $8.8 million ($0.14 per share), and $4.2 million ($0.07 per share), respectively, principally associated with tax legislation enacted in the United Kingdom that reduced the U.K. corporate income tax rates.
·  
Fiscal year 2012 includes a $8.8 million tax benefit, or $0.14 per diluted share, principally associated with new tax legislation enacted in the U.K. that reduced the corporate income tax rate from 27% to 25%. The benefit recognized by the Company reflects the adjustments required to record all U.K. related deferred tax balances at the new income tax rate. Fiscal year 2012 also includes a tax benefit of $7.5 million tax benefit, or $0.12($0.12 per diluted share,share) related to the reversal of an income tax reserve recorded in conjunction with the Blackwell acquisition in fiscal year 2007.acquisition.

·e)  
Fiscal year 2011 includes a $4.2 million tax benefit, or $0.07 per diluted share, associated with new tax legislation enacted in the U.K. that reduced the corporate income tax rate from 28% to 27%.

·  
Fiscal year 2008 includes a $18.7 million tax benefit, or $0.32 per diluted share, associated with new tax legislation enacted in the United Kingdom and Germany that reduced the corporate income tax rates from 30% to 28% and from 39% to 29%, respectively.
(d)  The primary driver of the negative working capital is unearned deferred revenue related to subscriptions for which cash has been collected in advance. Cash received in advance for subscriptions is used by the Company for a number of purposes including paying down debt;acquisitions; debt repayments; funding operations; paying dividends;dividend payments; and purchasing treasury shares. The deferred revenue will be recognized in income as the products are shipped or made available online to the customers over the term of the subscription.


 
1214

 


Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Business, Financial Condition and Results of Operations
 
The Company is a global provider of knowledge and knowledge-enabled services that improve outcomes in areas of research, professional practice and education. Through the Research segment, the Company provides contentdigital and content-enabled digital services to customers worldwide. Core businesses produceprint scientific, technical, medical and scholarly journals, reference works, books, database services and advertising; professionaladvertising. The Professional Development segment provides digital and print books, subscription products, certificationemployment talent solutions, online learning, assessment and training services, and online applications;test prep and educationalcertification. In Education, the Company provides print and digital content, and services. Education contenteducation solutions including online program management services for higher education institutions and services includes integrated online teachingcourse management tools for instructors and learning resources for undergraduate and graduate students, educators, and lifelong learners worldwide as well as secondary school students in Australia.students. The Company takes full advantage of its content from all three core businesses in developing and cross-marketing products to its diverse customer base of researchers, professionals, students, and educators. The use of technology enables the Company to make its content efficiently more accessible to its customers around the world. The Company maintains publishing, marketing, and distribution centersCompany’s operations are primarily located in the United States, Canada, Europe, Asia, and Australia.
 
Business growth comes from a combination of organic growth from existing brands and titles; title, imprint and other business acquisitions which complement the Company’s existing businesses; from the development of new products and services; from designing and implementing new methods of delivering products to our customers; and from organic growththe development of existing brandsnew products and titles.services. The Company’s revenue grew at a compound annual rate of 8%1% over the past five years, which includes the acquisition of Blackwell Publishing (Holdings) Ltd. (“Blackwell”) in February 2007.years.
 
Core Businesses
 
Scientific, Technical, Medical and Scholarly (STMS):Research:
 
The CompanyCompany’s Research business serves the world’s research and scholarly communities and is onethe largest publisher for professional and scholarly societies.  Research’s mission is to support researchers, professionals and learners in the discovery and use of research knowledge to achieve results that help shape the leading publishers for thefuture.  Research products include scientific, technical, medical and scholarly communities worldwide, includingresearch journals, books, reference works, databases, clinical decision support tools, laboratory manuals and workflow tools, in the publishing areas of the physical sciences and engineering, health sciences, social science and humanities and life sciences. Research customers include academic, corporate, government, and public libraries; researchers; scientists; clinicians; engineers and technologists; scholarly and professional societies; and students and professors. STMS products include journals, books, major reference works, databases, clinical decision support tools and laboratory manuals and workflow tools. STMS publishing areas include the physical sciences and engineering, health sciences, social science and humanities and life sciences. The Company’s STMSResearch products are sold and distributed globally onlinein digital and in print formats through multiple channels, including research libraries and library consortia, independent subscription agents, direct sales to professional society members, bookstores, online booksellers and other customers. Publishing centers include Australia, Germany, India, Singapore, the United Kingdom and the United States. STMSResearch accounted for approximately 58%57% of total Company revenue in fiscal year 20122015 and generated revenue growth at a compound annual rate of 12%1% over the past five years, includingyears.
Research revenue by product type includes Journal Subscriptions; Funded Access; Other Journal Revenue, which includes service charges for journal page counts and color charges and sales of journal licensing rights, backfiles and individual articles; Print Books; Digital Books; and Other Research Revenue, which includes journal reprint revenue, advertising, book licensing rights, distribution services and the February 2007 acquisitionsale of Blackwell, a leading publisher of journals and books for the academic, research and professional markets focused on science, technology, medicine and social sciences and humanities. protocols.
15


The graph below presents STMSResearch revenue by product type for fiscal year 2012:2015:
 
 
13

Key growth strategies for the Research business include evolving and developing new licensing models for the Company’s institutional customers; developing new funded access revenue streams; focusing resources on high-growth and emerging markets; and developing new digital products, services and workflow solutions to meet the needs of researchers, authors, societies and corporate customers.
 
Approximately 53%52% of journal subscriptionJournal Subscription revenue is derived from publishing rights owned by the Company. Publishing alliances also play a major role in STMS’sResearch’s success. Approximately 47%48% of journal subscriptionJournal Subscription revenue is derived from publication rights which are owned by professional societies and published by the Company pursuant to a long-term contract or owned jointly with a professional society. These society alliances bring mutual benefit, with the societies gaining Wiley’s publishing, marketing, sales and distribution expertise, while Wiley benefits from being affiliated with prestigious societies and their members. The Company publishes the journals of many prestigious societies, including the American Cancer Society, the American Heart Association, the British Journal of Surgery Society, the Federation of European Biochemical Societies, the European Molecular Biology Organization, the American Anthropological Association, the American Geophysical Union and the German Chemical Society.
 
STMSThe Company’s Research business is a provider of content and services in evidence-based medicine (EBM). Through the Company’s alliance with The Cochrane Collaboration, the Company publishes The Cochrane Library, a premier source of high-quality independent evidence to inform healthcare decision-making, which provides the foundation for the Company’s growing suite of EBM products designed to improve patient healthcare. EBM facilitates the effective management of patients through clinical expertise informed by best practice evidence that is derived from medical literature.
 
Wiley Online Library, the online publishing platform for the Company’s Research business, is one of the world’s broadest and deepest multidisciplinary collections of online resources covering life, health and physical sciences, social science and the humanities, was launched in August 2010.humanities. Built on the latest technology and designed with extensive input from scholars around the world, Wiley Online Library delivers seamless integrated access to over 57 million articles from approximately 1,600 journals, 12,00016,000 online books, and hundreds of multi-volume reference works, laboratory protocols and databases. Wiley Online Library provides the user with intuitive navigation, enhanced discoverability, expanded functionality and a range of personalization options. Access to abstracts is free, full content is accessible through licensing agreements or as individual article purchases. Large portions of the content are provided free or at nominal cost to nations in the developing world through partnerships with certain non-profit organizations. Wiley Online Library also provides the Company with revenue growth opportunities such asthrough new applications and business models, online advertising, deeper market penetration and individual sales and pay-per-view options.
 
16

Full content Access toon Wiley Online Libraryis sold through licenses with academic and corporate libraries, consortia and other academic, government and corporate customers. The Company offers a range of licensing options including customized suites of journal publications for individual customer needs as well as subscriptions for individual journal and online book publications. Licenses are typically sold in durations of one to three years. The Company also provides fee-based access to its content through itsThrough the Article Select and PayPerView programs, which offerthe Company provides fee-based access to non-subscribed journal content, book chapters and major reference work articles.
The Company offers an alternative digital journal subscription license model to subscribers in certain markets.  Under this alternative model, the Company provides access to all journal content published within a calendar year. Under the Company’s previous licensing model, a customer subscribed to a discrete number of online journal issues and revenue was recognized as each issue was made available online.
 
Wiley Online Library takes advantage of technology to update content frequently and to add new features and resources on an ongoing basis to increase the productivity of scientists, professionals and students. Two examples are EarlyView, through which customers can access individual articles well in advance of print publication, and MobileEditions,the Wiley Journals Apps service, which enables users to view tables ofaccess articles and related content and abstractsfrom over 200 titles on wireless handheld devices and Web-enabled phones.a tablet or other mobile device.
 
In February 2011, the Company launched Wiley Open Access, its newis the Company’s publishing program for open-access research articles. Under the Wiley Open Access business model, research articles submitted by authors are published and compiled in certainby subject areasarea into open-access journals. The journal compilation isAll research articles published in Wiley Open Access journals are freely available free online to the general public on Wiley Online Library.Library to read, download and share.  A publication service fee is charged upon acceptance of a research article by the Company. The service feeCompany, which may be paid by the individual author.author or by the author’s funder or institution. To actively support researchers and members who wish to publish in Wiley Open Access journals, an academic or research institution, a society or a corporation may fund the fee directly. In return for the service fee, the Company provides its customary publishing, editing, peer review, technology and technologydistribution services. All accepted open-access articles are subject to the same rigorous peer-review process applied to the Company’s subscription based journals which are supported by the Company’s network of prestigious journals and societies. In addition to Wiley Open Access, the companyCompany provides authors with the opportunity to providemake their individual research articles that arewere published within the Company’s paid subscription journals free through OnlineOpen. OnlineOpen articles are alsofreely available free to the general public viathrough Wiley Online LibraryOnlineOpen on payment of an Article Payment Charge.
 
Professional Development (“PD”):
The Company’s Professional Development business acquires, develops and publishes professional information and content delivered through print and digital books, test preparation, assessments, online learning services and certification and training services. Communities served include business, finance, accounting, workplace learning, management, leadership, technology, behavioral health, engineering/architecture and education. Professional Development’s mission is to create products and services that help professionals worldwide learn, achieve results, and enhance their skills throughout their careers and enable corporations to maximize their investment in talent and individuals by having them become more effective in the workplace. Products are developed in print and digitally for worldwide distribution through multiple channels, including chain and online booksellers, libraries, colleges and universities, corporations, direct to consumer, websites, distributor networks and other online applications. Publishing centers include Australia, Germany, India, the United Kingdom and the United States. Professional Development accounted for approximately 22% of total Company revenue in fiscal year 2015 which declined at a compound annual rate of (1%) over the past five years, including the impact of the divested consumer publishing programs in fiscal year 2013 and the acquisitions of Inscape in fiscal year 2012, ELS in fiscal year 2013, Profiles in fiscal year 2014 and CrossKnowledge in fiscal year 2015.
 
 
1417

 
 
The Company has been focused on reducing costs associated withProfessional Development revenue by product type includes Print Books; Digital Books; Online Test Preparation and Certification; Assessments; Online Learning and Training; and Other Knowledge Services revenue, which includes the STMS business to finance investments in enabling technologysales of licensing rights, subscription revenue and new businesses.  The cost savings are principally the result of increased off-shoring of certain functionsadvertising and activities from high cost locations to Singapore and other countries in Asia. Significant portions of the STMS journals and books content management, customer support and central marketing functions have been off-shored. In addition to cost savings, the off-shoring of these functions has enabled the Company to focus its resources on value-added activities, such as process and service enhancements.agency revenue.
 
Professional/Trade:
The Company’s Professional/Trade business acquires, develops and publishes books, workflow solutions and other information services in the subject areas of business, technology, architecture, cooking, psychology, professional education, travel, health, consumer reference and general interest. Products are developed for worldwide distribution through multiple channels, including major chains and online booksellers, independent bookstores, libraries, colleges and universities, warehouse clubs, corporations, direct marketing, and websites. The Company’s Professional/Trade customers are professionals, consumers, and students worldwide. Publishing centers include Australia, Canada, Germany, India, Singapore, the United Kingdom and the United States. Professional/Trade publishing accounted for approximately 24% of total Company revenue in fiscal year 2012 and generated revenue growth at a compound annual rate of 1% over the past five years. The graph below presents P/TPD revenue by product type for fiscal year 2012:2015:
 

 
Key revenue growth strategies offor the Professional/TradeProfessional Development business include providing critical contentinclude: developing and content-enabled digitalacquiring products and services to professionalsdrive corporate development and professional career development; developing its leading brands and franchises, andfranchises; executing strategic acquisitions.acquisitions and partnerships; innovating digital book formats while expanding their global discoverability and distribution; and creating advertising opportunities on the Company’s branded websites and online applications.  The Company has recently executed several initiatives focused on achieving these growth strategies which are described in more detail below.
Recent Acquisitions:
On May 1, 2014, the Company acquired CrossKnowledge for approximately $166 million in cash, net of cash acquired. CrossKnowledge is a learning solutions provider focused on leadership and managerial skills development that offers subscription-based, digital learning solutions for global corporations, universities, and small and medium-sized enterprises. CrossKnowledge’s solutions include a variety of managerial and leadership skills assessments, courses, certifications, content and executive training programs that are delivered on a cloud-based LMS platform with over 19,000 learning objects in 17 languages. CrossKnowledge serves over five million end-users in 80 countries. CrossKnowledge generated revenue of $42.0 million in fiscal year 2015.
On April 1, 2014, the Company acquired Profiles International (“Profiles”) for approximately $48 million in cash, net of cash acquired. Profiles provides pre-employment assessment and selection tools that enable employers to optimize candidate selections and develop the full potential of their employees. Solutions include pre-hire assessments, including those designed to measure and match personality, knowledge, skills, managerial fit, loyalty, and values; and post-hire assessments, focused on measuring sales and managerial effectiveness, employee performance and career potential. Profiles serves approximately 4,000 corporate clients and millions of end users in over 120 countries, with assessments available in 32 languages. Profiles generated revenue of $23.3 million in fiscal year 2015.
In November 2012, the Company acquired Efficient Learning Systems, Inc. (“ELS”) for approximately $24 million in cash, net of cash acquired. ELS is an e-learning system provider focused in the areas of professional finance and accounting.  ELS’ flagship product, CPAExcel, is a modular, digital platform comprised of online self-study, videos, mobile apps, and sophisticated planning tools that has helped over 65,000 professionals prepare for the CPA exam since 1998. The acquisition enhanced Wiley’s position in the growing CPA test preparation market and provided the Company with a scalable platform that can be leveraged globally across other areas of its Professional Development business. ELS generated revenue of $8.8 million in fiscal year 2015. In December 2013, the Company acquired Elan Guides for approximately $2.5 million, Elan Guides provides content in multiple formats to help prepare candidates for the CFA examinations.

 
In February 2012, Wiley acquired Inscape Holdings, Inc. (“Inscape”), a leading provider of workplace learningassessment-based training solutions, for approximately $85 million in cash, net of cash acquired. The acquisition will combinecombined Wiley’s deep well of valuable content and global reach in leadership and training with Inscape’s talent development content, technology and distribution network, and talent expertise, including the innovative EPIC online assessment-delivery platform and an elite global authorized distributorsdistributor network of nearly 1,700 independent consultants, trainers, and coaches. Inscape’s solution-focused products are used in thousands of organizations, including major government agencies and Fortune 500 companies. Inscape was generating approximately $20generated revenue of $26.1 million annually in revenue prior to the acquisition.fiscal year 2015.
15

 
Inscape’s solutions-focused DiSC® offerings complement the products published under Wiley’s Pfeiffer brand,existing offerings, such as Kouzes and Posner’s Leadership Practices Inventory® and newly released The Five Behaviors of a Cohesive TeamTM, in the growing workplace learning industry. Through the Pfeiffer brand, Wiley has a 40-year history of serving professional development and resource needs of learning professionals.  The combined Inscape and Pfeiffer businesses will increaseassessment offerings increased the Company’s presence in the professional developmenttraining and skill assessmentdevelopment arena. We believe Inscape’s competitive strengths will also advance a number of P/T’sProfessional Development’s major strategic goals. As a workplace learning business with more than 50%70% of its revenue from a proprietary digital platform, Inscape will enableenables Wiley to move more rapidly into digital delivery within the growing workplace learning and assessment market and build its stronga significant market position in the category of leadership development. Inscape also enhancesenhanced Wiley’s global presence, serving customers around the world in more than 30 languages each year, with approximately 35%25% of fiscal year 2015 revenue generated outside the U.S through Inscape’s dedicated global distributor network.
 
Strategic Divestitures:
In March 2012, Wiley announced that it was exploring opportunities to sellfiscal year 2013, the Company divested a number of its consumer print and digital publishing assets in its Professional/Trade business as they no longer alignaligned with the company’sCompany’s long-term strategies.business strategy. Those assets included travel (including all of its interests in the Frommer’s, Unofficial Guides, and WhatsonWhen brands), culinary, CliffsNotes, Webster’s New World Dictionary and certain other consumer programs. During fiscal year 2013, the Company sold these publishing assets in a series of individual transactions for approximately $34 million. Fiscal year 20122013 revenue and operating income associated with the operations of the assets to be sold waswere approximately $80$46 million with a direct contribution to profit, before shared service expenses, of approximately $6 million. Assets include travel (including the well-known Frommer’s brand), culinary, general interest, nautical, pets, crafts, Webster’s New World, and Cliff’s Notes. Wiley will re-deploy resources in its Professional/Trade business to build on its global market-leading positions in business, finance, accounting, leadership, technology, architecture, psychology, education,$16 million, respectively.
Publishing Alliances and through the For Dummies brand.Programs:
 
Publishing alliances and franchise products are central to the Company’s strategy. The ability to bring together Wiley’s product development, sales, marketing, distribution and technological capabilities with a partner’s content and brand name recognition has been a driving factor in its success. Professional/TradeProfessional Development alliance partners include Bloomberg Press, the American Institute of Architects, the Leader to Leader Institute, Fisher Investments, the CulinaryCFA Institute, of Americathe BPO Certification Institute, Autodesk and many others.
 
Growing revenue from digital products and services represents a core strategy for Professional/Trade, including increased availability of eBooks, advertising from branded websites and online tools and services.
The Company also promotes an active and growing Professional/TradeProfessional Development custom publishing program. Custom publications are typically used by organizations for internal promotional or incentive programs. Books that areThe Company’s custom publications include digital and print books written specifically written for a customer or anand customizations of Professional Development’s existing Professional/Trade publication can be customized,publications to include custom cover art, such as having the cover art include custom imprint,imprints, messages orand slogans. Of special note are customized For Dummies publications, which leverage the power of this well-known brand to meet the specific information needs of a wide range of organizations around the world.
 
Global
19

Education:
 
The Company’s Global Education business publishesproduces educational content and solutions, including course management tools for twoinstructors and four-year collegesstudents and universities, for-profit career colleges, advanced placement classes, as well as secondary schools in Australia. Globalonline program services for higher education institutions. Education’s mission is to help teachers teach and students learn.  In doing so, our strategy is to providelearn by delivering personalized content, tools and services that deliver demonstrabledemonstrate results to students, faculty and institutions. Globalinstitutions throughout the world. Education offers learning solutions, innovative products and services principally delivered through college bookstores, and online distributors and directly to institutions, with customers having access to content in multi-mediadigital and custom print formats, as well as the traditional print textbook. Global Education’s cost-effective, flexible solutions are available in each of its publishing disciplines, including the sciences, engineering, mathematics, business/accounting, geography, computer science, mathematics, business and accounting, statistics, education,geography, hospitality and the culinary hospitality,arts, education, psychology and worldmodern languages.
 
16

Global Education accounted for approximately 18%21% of total Company revenue in fiscal year 20122015 and generated revenue growth at a compound annual rate of 6% over the past five years. years, including the acquisition of Deltak in fiscal year 2013.
Education revenue by product type includes Print Textbooks; Digital Books; Education Services (Deltak); Custom Products; Course Workflow Solutions (WileyPLUS), and Other Education revenue which includes revenue from the licensing of publishing content rights and other content adaptions.
The graph below presents Global Education revenue by product type for fiscal year 2012:2015:
 
The Company continues to transform the Education business from a content publisher to an education solutions provider. Education’s key growth strategies include developing and acquiring digital products and solutions across the educational value chain; continuing the transformation of the business from traditional print products to digital and custom products and services; focusing on institutional relationships and direct-to-student digital products; and developing the Company’s online institutional education services model acquired with Deltak.
In October 2012, the Company acquired Deltak for approximately $220 million in cash, net of cash acquired. Deltak works in close partnership with leading colleges and universities to develop and support online degree and certificate programs. These new services position the Company as an online education services provider. Wiley now provides a complete solution to help higher education institutions transition their programs into valuable online experiences. We offer market research to validate degree or certification program demand, instructional design, marketing, student recruitment and retention services, and access to the Engage Learning Management System and Student Relationship Platform, with the goal of boosting the quality and efficacy of online and hybrid programs. The Company now has access to high-growth markets and a variety of capabilities and technologies for its expansion into custom online courses and curriculum development. The Company will leverage its strong reputation and financial stability for new program investment, to accelerate growth globally, to access professional consumers and corporations and to expand content and faculty development offerings. As of April 30, 2015, the Company had 38 partners and 200 degree programs under contract.  Deltak generated revenue of $81.6 million in fiscal year 2015.
20

Strategic partnerships and relationships with companies such as Microsoft®, Blackboard, Canvas, Snapwiz and the Culinary Institute of America are also an important component of Education’s growth strategy. The ability to join Wiley’s product development, sales, marketing, distribution and technology with a partner’s content, technology and/or brand name has contributed to Education’s success.
 
Global Education offers high-quality online learning solutions including WileyPLUS, it’sa research-based, online environment for effective teaching and learning that is integrated with a complete digital textbook. WileyPLUS improves student learning through instant feedback, personalized learning plans, and self-evaluation tools andas well as a full range of course-oriented activities, including online planning, presentations, study, homework and testing. Global In selected courses, WileyPlus includes a personalized adaptive learning component, Orion, which is based on cognitive science. Orion helps to build student proficiency on topics while improving the effectiveness of their study time. It assists educators in identifying areas that need reinforcement and measures student engagement and proficiency throughout the course.
Education encouragespromotes and supports the customization of its content. Wiley Custom Learning Solutions is a full-service custom publishing program that offers an array of tools and services designed to put content creation in instructors’ hands. Our suite of custom products empowers users to create high-quality, economicalaffordable education solutions tailored to meet individual classroom needs. Through a custom textbook system, Wiley Custom Select,, an online custom textbook system, instructors can easily build print and digital materials tailored to their specific course needs. With Wiley Custom Select, instructors can alsoneeds and add their own content to create a customized solution derived from any one or more Wiley resources.of the Company’s three business segments.
 
The Company also provides the services of the Wiley Faculty Network, a global community of faculty that offers guidance, training,Knowledge-Enabled Products and resources. Through the Wiley Faculty Network, instructors and administrators can collaborate with each other, attend virtual and live events, and utilize a wealth of resources all designed to help them grow as educators. Colleagues can also benefit from taking part in the Wiley Learning Institute, an online center for professional development offering workshops, applied learning, coaching programs, and a unique community experience.
Strategic partnerships and relationships with companies such as Microsoft® and Blackboard are also an important component of Global Education’s growth strategy.  The ability to join Wiley’s product development, sales, marketing, distribution and technology with a partner’s content and/or brand name has contributed to Global Education’s success.

17

Publishing OperationsServices:
 
Journal Products:
 
The Company publishes approximately 1,600 Scientific, Technical, MedicalResearch and Scholarly and Professional/TradeProfessional Development journals. Journal subscriptionSubscription revenue and other related publishing income, such as Funded Access, advertising, backfile sales, the licensing of publishing rights, journal reprints and individual article sales accounted for approximately 49%45% of the Company’s consolidated fiscal year 20122015 revenue. The journal portfolio includes titles owned by the Company, in which case they may or may not be sponsored by a professional society; titles owned jointly with a professional society; and titles owned by professional societies and published by the Company pursuant to long-term contracts.
The Company sells journal subscriptions directly through Company sales representatives; indirectly through independent subscription agents; through promotional campaigns; and through memberships in professional societies for those journals that are sponsored by societies. Journal subscriptions are primarily licensed through contracts for digital content delivered through the Company’s online platform, Wiley Online Library. Contracts are negotiated by the Company directly with customers or their subscription agents. Licenses range from one to three years in duration and typically cover calendar years. Print journals are generally mailed to subscribers directly from independent printers. The Company does not own or manage printing facilities. The print journal content is also available online via Wiley Online Library. Subscription revenue is generally collected in advance, and deferred until the related issue is shipped or made available online at which time the revenue is earned.
21

 
Societies that sponsor or own such journals generally receive a royalty and/or other consideration. The Company may procure editorial services from such societies on a pre-negotiated fee basis. The Company also enters into agreements with outside independent editors of journals that state the duties of the editors, and the fees and expenses for their services. Contributors of articles to the Company’s journal portfolio transfer publication rights to the Company or a professional society, as applicable. Journal articles may be based on funded research through government or charitable grants. In certain cases the terms of the grant may require the grant holder to make articles (either the published version or an earlier unedited version) available free of charge to the general public, typically after an embargo period. Funded open access under the Company’s Wiley Open Access and OnlineOpen business models facilitate the ability of the grant holder to comply.
 
The Company sellsoffers an alternative digital journal subscriptions directly throughsubscription license model to subscribers in certain markets.  Under this alternative model, the Company sales representatives; indirectly through independent subscription agents; through promotional campaigns; and through memberships in professional societies for those journals that are sponsored by societies. Journal subscriptions are primarily licensed through contracts for onlineprovides access to all journal content delivered throughpublished within a calendar year. Under the Company’s web-based platform, Wiley Online Library. Contracts are negotiated by the Company directly with customers or their subscription agents. Licenses range from oneprevious licensing model, a customer subscribed to three years in durationa discrete number of online journal issues and typically cover calendar years.
Printed journals are generally mailed to subscribers directly from independent printers. The Company does not own or manage printing facilities. The print journal content is also available online. Subscription revenue is generally collected in advance, and deferred until the relatedwas recognized as each issue is shipped orwas made available online at which time the revenue is earned.online.
 
Book Products:
 
Book products and book related publishing revenue, such as advertising revenue and the sale of publishing rights, accounted for approximately 51%32% of the Company’s consolidated fiscal year 20122015 revenue.  Materials for book publications are obtained from authors throughout most of the world through the efforts of an editorial staff, outside editorial advisors, and advisory boards. Most materials originate withare originated by the authors themselves or as a result of suggestion or solicitations by editors and advisors. The Company enters into agreements with authors that state the terms and conditions under which the materials will be published, the name in which the copyright will be registered, the basis for any royalties, and other matters. Most of the authors are compensated bywith royalties, which vary withdepending on the nature of the product. The Company may make advance payments against future royalties to authors of certain publications. Royalty advances are reviewed for recoverability and a reserve for loss is maintained, if appropriate.
 
The Company continues to add new titles, revise existing titles, and discontinue the sale of others in the normal course of its business, and also creatingcreates adaptations of original content for specific markets fulfillingbased on customer demand. The Company’s general practice is to revise its textbooks every two to five years, if warranted, and to revise other titles as appropriate. Subscription-based products are updated more frequently on a regular schedule.
18

more frequent basis.
 
Professional and consumer books are sold to bookstores and online booksellers serving the general public; wholesalers who supply such bookstores; warehouse clubs; college bookstores for their non-textbook requirements; individual practitioners; and research institutions, libraries (including public, professional, academic, and other special libraries), industrial organizations, and government agencies. The Company employs sales representatives who call upon independent bookstores, national and regional chain bookstores and wholesalers. Sales of professional and consumer books also result from direct mail campaigns, telemarketing, online access, advertising and reviews in periodicals. Trade sales to bookstores and wholesalers are generally made on a returnable basis with certain restrictions. The Company provides for estimated future returns on sales made during the year principally based on historical return experience and current market trends.
 
Adopted textbooks and related supplementary material and onlinedigital products such as WileyPLUS, are sold primarily to bookstores and online booksellers, serving both for-profit and nonprofit educational institutions. The Company employs sales representatives who call on faculty responsible for selecting books to be used in courses, and on the bookstores that serve such institutions and their students. Textbook sales are generally made on a returnable basis with certain restrictions. The textbook business is seasonal, with the majority of textbook sales occurring during the June through August and November through January periods. There is anare active used and rental textbook market,markets, which adversely affectsaffect the sale of new textbooks.
22

 
Like most other publishers, the Company generally contracts with independent printers and binderies globally for their services. The Company purchases its paper from independent suppliers and printers. The fiscal year 20122015 weighted average U.S. paper prices increaseddecreased approximately 1% from fiscal year 2011.2014. Approximately 60%76% of the Company’s paper inventory is held in the United States. Management believes that adequate printing and binding facilities, sources of paper and other required materials are available to it, and that it is not dependent upon any single supplier. Printed book products are distributed from both Company-operated warehouses and independent distributors.
 
The Company develops content in a digital format that can be used for onlineboth digital and print products, resulting in productivity and efficiency savings, as well asand enabling the Company to offer customized publishing and print-on-demand products.delivery. Book content is increasingly being made available online through Wiley Online Library, WileyPLUS, Wiley Custom Select and other platforms,proprietary platforms.  Digital books are delivered to intermediaries including Amazon, Apple and Google, for re-sale to individuals in eBookvarious industry-standard formats, which are now the preferred deliverable for licensees of all types, including foreign language publishers. Digital books are also licensed to libraries through direct relationships with eBook vendorsaggregators. Specialized formats for digital textbooks go to distributors servicing the academic market, and digital book collections are sold by subscription through licenses with alliance partners. The Company also sponsors online communities of interest, both on its ownindependent third-party aggregators servicing distinct communities. Custom deliverables are provided to corporations, institutions and in partnership with others,associations to expand the marketeducate their employees, generate leads for its products.
The Company believes that the demand for new digitaltheir products, and services will continueextend their brands. Content from digital books is also used to increase.  Accordingly, to properly service its customerscreate website articles, mobile apps, newsletters and to remain competitive, the Company has increased its expenditures related to such new technologiespromotional collateral. This continual re-use of content improves margins, speeds delivery and anticipates it will continue to do so for the foreseeable future.
helps satisfy a wide range of customer needs. The Company’s online presence not only enables it to deliver content online, but also to sell more books. The growth of online booksellers benefits the Company because they provide unlimited virtual “shelf space” for the Company’s entire backlist.
 
Marketing and distribution services are made available to other publishers under agency arrangements. The Company also engages in co-publishing of titles with international publishers and in publication of adaptations of works from other publishers for particular markets.publishers. The Company also receives licensing revenue from photocopies, reproductions, translations, and digital uses of its content.
 
Solutions:
The Company believes that the demand for learning solutions will continue to increase for the foreseeable future.  In order to meet this demand and remain competitive, the Company is focused on delivering knowledge-enabled services, which improve learning, career and employment management and effectiveness for its target communities.  With the goal of servicing its customers across the arc of their careers the Company is creating new revenue streams through organic development and acquisition. The Deltak, Inscape, ELS, Profiles and CrossKnowledge acquisitions have enhanced the Company’s portfolio of knowledge-enabled services and provided the Company with new capabilities and expertise, including new channels to market and direct end-user engagement. The Inscape, ELS, Profiles and CrossKnowledge acquisitions highlight the Company’s focus on providing digital content; workflow solutions around professional career development and talent assessment, while the Deltak acquisition positions the Company as an online educational solutions provider with a variety of capabilities and technologies for its expansion into custom online course and curriculum development. In addition, Education’s WileyPLUS platform improves student learning through instant feedback, personalized learning plans and self-evaluation tools.
 
 
1923

 
Online Learning and Training:
The CrossKnowledge business represents the Company’s professional Online Learning and Training services.  This business offers subscription-based, digital learning solutions for global corporations, universities, and small and medium-sized enterprises, with revenues earned over the terms of the subscriptions. CrossKnowledge’s solutions include a variety of managerial and leadership topics such as leadership, diversity, value creation, client orientation, change and corporate strategy, that are delivered on a cloud-based LMS platform with over 19,000 learning objects in 17 languages. Its Mohive offering also provides a collaborative e-learning publishing and program creation system. Revenue growth is derived from legacy markets, such as Europe, Asia and the Nordics, and in newer markets, such as the U.S. and Latin America. In addition, content and LMS offerings are continuously refreshed and expanded to serve a wider variety of customer needs. Online Learning and Training revenue was approximately $42.0 million in fiscal year 2015.
Assessments:
The Inscape and Profiles businesses represent the core of the Company’s professional assessment services. These businesses offer a variety of online assessment offerings that are delivered to customers through online digital delivery platforms either directly or through an authorized distributor network of independent consultants, trainers and coaches. The Company’s professional assessment services offer highly flexible packages and modules for its customers that include online pre and post-hire assessments. Revenue for these products and services are deferred until the Company’s obligation has been performed, typically when an online assessment has been completed. Assessment revenue was approximately $56.8 million in fiscal year 2015.
Professional Online Test Preparation and Certifications:
The Company’s acquisitions of ELS and Elan Guides represent the Company’s professional Online Test Preparation and Certification services. These businesses offer a variety of online learning solutions and training activities that are delivered to customers directly through online digital delivery platforms.  ELS’ flagship product, CPAExcel, is a modular, digital platform comprised of online self-study, videos, mobile apps, and sophisticated planning tools to help professionals prepare for the CPA exam. Elan Guides provides content in multiple formats to help prepare candidates for the CFA examinations.  Revenue for these products and services are deferred until the Company’s obligation has been performed, typically when an online training program has been completed or over the timeframe covered by a license to use the online training and study materials. PD’s Online Test Preparation and Certification revenue was approximately $18.6 million in fiscal year 2015.
Education Services (Deltak):
As student demand continues to drive traditional schools to offer online degree and certificate programs, institutions are partnering with online program management businesses to develop and support these programs.  Through the Deltak acquisition, the Company has entered this high-growth market, accelerated its digital learning strategy and diversified the service offerings of its Education business to include both operational and academic solutions for higher education institutions. Through Deltak, the Company acquired capabilities and technologies to expand into custom online course and curriculum development. Deltak services include market research, marketing, student recruitment, enrollment support, proactive retention support, academic services to design courses, faculty support and access to the Deltak Engage Learning Management System.  Deltak’s online program management revenue is derived from pre-negotiated contracts with institutions that provide for a share of tuition generated from students who enroll in programs that Deltak develops and manages for its institutional partners. Online program management revenue is deferred and recognized over the timeframe that each student is enrolled in the online program. As of April 30, 2015 the Company had 38 partners and 200 degree programs under contract. Deltak generated revenue of $81.6 million in fiscal year 2015.
24

Course Workflow Solutions (WileyPLUS):
Through Education’s WileyPLUS platform, the Company offers an online environment for effective teaching and learning that is fully integrated with a complete digital textbook. WileyPLUS improves student learning through instant feedback, personalized learning plans, and self-evaluation tools as well as a full range of course-oriented activities, including online planning, presentations, study, homework and testing.  WileyPLUS revenue is deferred and recognized over the timeframe that each student is enrolled in the online course. WileyPLUS revenue was approximately $54.2 million in fiscal year 2015.
 
Advertising Revenue:
 
The Company generates advertising revenue from print and online journal subscription products; controlled circulation magazines which are issued for free to a specific target audience; its online publishing platform, Wiley Online Library; the Wiley Job Network, a full service online job board that launched in fiscal year 2012; online events such as webinars and virtual conferences; community interest websites such as spectroscopyNOW.com and consumer brand websites for the Company’s leading brands like Dummies.com. These revenues accounted for approximately 3%2% of the Company’s consolidated fiscal year 20122015 revenue.

The Wiley Job Network is a new online recruitment tool that enables employers to attract talented applicants from high-caliber users in science, technology, healthcare, law, and business. Recruiters and employers who advertise jobs on the network of career sites reach a large pool of talented professionals and specialists who are regular users of Wiley Online Library.
 
Advertisements are sold by company and independent sales representatives to advertising agencies representing the Company’s target customers. Typical customers include worldwide pharmaceutical companies; equipment manufacturers and distributors servicing the pharmaceutical industry; recruiters; companies servicing the travel industry and a variety of businesses targeting the Company’s consumerleading brand customers. The Company’s advertising growth strategy focuses on increasing the volume of advertising on its online publishing platform; leveraging the brand recognition of its titles and society partnerships; the development of new advertising products such as online video promotions or event sponsorship arrangements; and advertising in new and emerging technologies such as the mobile devices market (i.e. smart phoneapplications for smartphones and iPad applications)tablets).
 
Global Operations
 
The Company’s publications and services are sold throughout most of the world through operations primarily located in Europe, Canada, Australia, Asia, and the United States. All operations market their indigenous publications, as well as publications produced by other partspublishing locations of the Company. The Company also markets publications through independent agents as well as independent sales representatives in countries not served by the Company. John Wiley & Sons International Rights, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, sells reprint and translations rights worldwide. The Company publishes or licenses others to publish its products, which are distributed throughout the world in many languages. Approximately 50% of the Company’s consolidated fiscal year 20122015 revenue was billed in non-U.S. markets.

The global nature of the Company’s business creates an exposure to foreign currency fluctuations relative to the U.S dollar.currency. Each of the Company’s geographic locations sells products worldwide in multiple currencies. The percentage of Consolidated Revenue and deferred revenue, although billed in multiple currencies are accounted for in the local currency of the selling location. Fiscalfiscal year 2012 revenue was2015 recognized in the following currencies (on an equivalent U.S. dollar basis): were: approximately 54%55% U.S dollar; 28%29% British pound sterling; 8% euro and 10%8% other currencies.
 
Competition and Economic Drivers within the Publishing Industry
 
The sectors of the publishing and information services industry in which the Company is engaged are competitive. The principal competitive criteria for the publishing industry are considered to be the following: product quality, customer service, suitability of format and subject matter, author reputation, price, timely availability of both new titles and revisions of existing books, digital availability of published products, and timely delivery of products to customers.
 
 
2025

 
 
The Company is in the top rank of publishers of scientific, technical, medical and scholarlyresearch journals worldwide, a leading commercial research chemistry publisher; the leading professional society journal publisher; one of the leading publishers of university and college textbooks and related materials for the “hardside” disciplines, (i.e. sciences, engineering, and mathematics), and a leading publisher in its targeted professional/tradeProfessional Development markets. The Company knows of no reliable industry statistics that would enable it to determine its share of the various international markets in which it operates.
 
Performance Measurements
 
The Company measures its performance based upon revenue, operating income, earnings per share and cash flow, excluding unusual or one-time events, and considering worldwide and regional economic and market conditions. The Company evaluates market share statistics for publishing programs in each of its businesses.  STMSResearch uses various reports to monitor competitor performance and industry financial metrics.  Specifically for STMSResearch journal titles, the ISI Impact Factor, published periodically by the Institute for Scientific Information, isThomson Reuters® Journal Citation Reports are used as a key metric of a journal title’s influence in scientific publishing. For Professional/Trade,Professional Development, the Company evaluates market share statistics periodically published by BOOKSCAN, a statistical clearinghouse for book industry point of sale data in the United States. The statistics include survey data from all major retail outlets, online booksellers, mass merchandisers, small chain and independent retail outlets. For Higher Education, the Company subscribes to Management Practices Inc., which publishes customized comparative sales reports.reports, and also uses industry statistics and reports produced by the Association of American Publishers.
 
Results of Operations
 
Throughout this report, references to amountsvariances “excluding foreign exchange”, “currency neutral”neutral basis” and “performance basis” exclude both foreign currency translation effects and transactional gains and losses. Foreign currency translation effects are based on the change in average exchange rates for each reporting period multiplied by the current period’s volume of activity in local currency for each non-U.S. location.  For fiscal years 2015 and 2014, the average annual exchange rates to convert British pounds sterling to U.S. dollars were 1.60 in both periods; the average annual exchange rates to convert euros into U.S. dollars were 1.25 and 1.35, respectively; and the average annual exchange rates to convert Australian dollars into U.S. dollars were 0.86 and 0.93, respectively. Unless otherwise noted, all variance explanations below are on a currency neutral basis.
Fiscal Year 2012 Summary Results
 
Revenue and Gross Profit:FISCAL YEAR 2015 SUMMARY RESULTS
Revenue:
 
Revenue for fiscal year 20122015 increased 2%3% to $1,782.7$1,822.4 million, or 4% excluding the unfavorable impact of foreign exchange. The increase mainly reflects incremental revenue from the recent acquisitions of CrossKnowledge Group, Ltd. (“CrossKnowledge”) ($42 million) and Profiles International (“Profiles”) ($21 million), growth in Education custom products and workflow solutions ($12 million), Education Services (Deltak) ($11 million), the sale of an individually large journal backfile license ($10 million), journal subscriptions ($7 million), funded access revenue ($5 million), growth in online test preparation ($3 million) and other ($9 million), mainly the licensing of research publication content, partially offset by lower print book revenue in all three businesses ($46 million).
Cost of Sales and Gross Profit:
Cost of sales for fiscal year 2015 decreased 1% to $499.7 million, but was flat excluding the favorable impact of foreign exchange. On a currency neutral basis, growth in Scientific, Technical, MedicalCost savings from outsourcing and Scholarly (“STMS”) wasprocurement initiatives ($10 million), lower print volume ($5 million) and lower cost digital products ($5 million) were partially offset by declines in Professional/Trade (“P/T”)incremental costs from acquisitions ($8 million), higher royalty rates on society owned journals ($5 million), Education Services (Deltak) program growth ($3 million) and Global Education (“GEd”)higher journal subscription volume ($3 million).
26

Gross profit margin for fiscal year 20122015 of 69.5%72.6% was 40120 basis points higher than prior year mainly due to increased sales ofcost savings from outsourcing and procurement initiatives and growth in digital products (90 basis points) and incremental revenue from higher margin digital products in P/T and STMS,acquisitions (60 basis points), partially offset by higher composition costs in GEd to support business growth. Approximately 40% of the Company’s revenue for fiscal year 2012 was generated from digital products and services, as compared to 37% in the prior year.royalty rates on society owned journals (30 basis points).
 
Operating and Administrative Expenses:
 
Operating and administrative expenses for fiscal year 2012 of $922.22015 increased 4% to $1,005.0 million, were 1% higher than prior year, or flat5% excluding the unfavorablefavorable impact of foreign exchange. LowerThe increase was mainly driven by incremental operating and administrative expenses from acquisitions ($54 million), higher technology costs related to investments in internal systems and digital platforms ($18 million) including continued development costs related to the Company’s new global Enterprise Resource Planning (“ERP”) system ($6 million), Education Services (Deltak) program growth ($16 million), other employment costs, principally merit ($3 million); the expiration of a real estate tax incentive related to the Hoboken headquarters ($3 million) and higher editorial costs in Research to support business growth ($2 million), partially offset by restructuring and other cost savings ($7 million) mainly due to accrued incentive compensation; lower distribution costs ($439 million) and lower travelaccrued incentive compensation ($12 million).
Restructuring Charges:
In fiscal year 2013, the Company initiated a program (the “Restructuring and advertising costs dueReinvestment Program”) to restructure and realign its cost containment initiativesbase with current and anticipated future market conditions. The Company is targeting a majority of the cost savings achieved to improve margins and earnings, while the remainder will be reinvested in high growth digital business opportunities.
In fiscal years 2015 and 2014, the Company recorded pre-tax restructuring charges of $28.8 million ($3 million); were offset by higher technology costs0.34 per share) and $42.7 million ($13 million);0.48 per share), respectively, related to this program. These charges are summarized in the following table (in thousands):
     Total Charges
 2015 2014 Incurred to Date
Charges by Segment:     
   Research$4,555 $7,774 $15,225
   Professional Development4,385 11,860 22,529
   Education1,571 891 3,580
   Shared Services18,293 22,197 54,644
Total Restructuring Charges$28,804 $42,722 $95,978
      
      
Charges by Activity:     
   Severance$17,093 $25,962 $62,761
   Process reengineering consulting301 8,556 11,475
   Other activities11,410 8,204 21,742
Total Restructuring Charges$28,804 $42,722 $95,978
Other Activities mainly reflect lease and other ($1 million), mainly higher STMS editorial costscontract termination costs. The cumulative charge recorded to-date related to support business growth.
the Restructuring and Reinvestment Program of $96.0 million is expected to be fully recovered by April 30, 2016.
 
 
2127

 
 
On February 16, 2011, Borders Group, Inc. (“Borders”) filedImpairment Charges:
In fiscal year 2014, the Company terminated a petitionmulti-year software development program for reorganization relief under Chapter 11an internal operations application due to a change in the Company’s longer-term enterprise systems plans. As a result, the Company recorded an asset impairment charge for previously capitalized software costs related to the program of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. Accordingly,$4.8 million ($0.06 per share).
Amortization of Intangibles:
Amortization of intangibles increased $6.5 million to $51.2 million in fiscal year 2011 the Company recorded a pre-tax bad debt provision of $9.3 million, or $6.0 million after tax ($0.10 per share), within the P/T reporting segment related to Borders. The provision represented the Company’s outstanding receivable with Borders, net of existing reserves2015 and recoveries. There were no additional charges or bad debt expense with respect to this customer.
Operating Income:
Operating income for fiscal year 2012 increased 13% to $280.4 million, or 6% excluding the favorable impact of foreign exchange and the prior year Borders bad debt provisionwas mainly due to the top-line results and higher gross profit margins.driven by Talent Solutions acquisitions in Professional Development.
 
Interest Expense/Income, Foreign Exchange and Other:
 
Interest expense for fiscal year 2012 decreased $8.32015 increased $3.2 million to $9.0$17.1 million. LowerThe increase was driven by higher interest rates and lowerhigher average debt contributed approximately $4.2 million and $4.1 million to the decrease, respectively.  Losses on foreign currency transactions primarily due to intercompany loansacquisition financing. The Company’s average cost of borrowing in currencies other than U.S. dollars, were $2.3 million and $2.2 million for fiscal years 20122015 and 2011,2014 was 1.9% and 1.8%, respectively. Interest income and other forIn fiscal year 2012 increased $0.6 million to $3.02015, the Company recognized foreign exchange transaction gains of $1.7 million mainly duerelated to a favorable copyright infringement settlement received by the CompanyU.S. dollar intercompany receivables in the current year.U.K. and Germany.
 
Provision for Income Taxes:
 
The effective tax rate for fiscal year 20122015 was 21.8%21.6% compared to 25.6%17.9% in the prior year. In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2015, the Company recognized a non-recurring tax benefit of $3.1 million related to tax deductions claimed on the write up of certain foreign tax assets to fair market value. During fiscal years 2012 and 2011,year 2014, the Company recorded non-cash deferred tax benefits of $8.8$10.6 million ($0.140.18 per share) and $4.2 million ($0.07 per share), respectively, principally associated with new tax legislation enacted in the U.K.United Kingdom (“U.K”) that reduced the U.K. statutory income tax rates by 2% and 1%, respectively.3%. The benefits recognized by the Company reflect the remeasurementmeasurement of all applicable U.K. deferred tax balances to the new income tax rates as of 21% effective April 1, 20122014 and 2011, respectively. In addition, in fiscal year 2012 due to20% effective April 1, 2015. Excluding the expirationimpact of the statute of limitations the Company also released an income tax reserve of approximately $7.5 million ($0.12 per share) originally recorded in conjunction with the purchase accounting for the Blackwell acquisition.  Excluding the tax benefits described above, the Company’s effective tax rate for fiscal year 2012 was 27.8% compareddecreased from 23.3% to 27.4% in the prior year. The increase was mainly22.9% principally due to State net operating losshigher non-U.S. tax benefits of $1.9 million ($0.03 per share) recognized by the Company in the prior year,and lower U.K. income tax rates, partially offset by higherlower net tax benefits on non-U.S. earnings in the current year.reserve releases of $2.0 million.
 
Earnings Per Share:
 
Earnings per diluted share for fiscal years 2012 and 2011 were $3.47 and $2.80, respectively.year 2015 increased 10% to $2.97 per share. Excluding the effectsimpact of favorable foreign exchange ($0.08), the prior year Borders bad debt provision ($0.10), the changes in fiscal year 2012 and 2011 deferred tax benefits associated with the U.K. corporate income tax rates2015 ($0.07)0.34 per share) and the fiscal year 20122014 ($0.48 per share) restructuring charges, the prior year asset impairment charges ($0.06 per share), fiscal year 2015 ($0.05 per share) and fiscal year 2014 ($0.18 per share) non-recurring tax reserve releasebenefits and the unfavorable impact of foreign exchange ($0.12)0.11 per share), earnings per diluted share increased 11% or $0.30 per share.

22


Fiscal Year 2012 Segment Results
Scientific, Technical, Medical and Scholarly (STMS):  
    % change
Dollars in thousands 2012 2011% changew/o FX
     
Journal Subscriptions$650,938$621,5515%2%
Books179,204175,6112%1%
Other Publishing Income210,585201,7404%3%
Total Revenue$1,040,727$998,9024%2%
     
Gross Profit762,300729,9314%2%
Gross Profit Margin73.2%73.1%  
     
Direct Expenses & Amortization310,026305,1342%
0%
     
Direct Contribution to Profit$452,274$424,7976%4%
Direct Contribution Margin43.5%42.5%  

Revenue:
STMS revenue for fiscal year 2012 increased 4% to $1,040.7 million, or 2% excluding the favorable impact of foreign exchange.  The growth was driven by journal subscriptions, books and other publishing income.

Journal Subscriptions
Journal subscription revenue for fiscal year 2012 increased 5% to $650.9 million, or 2% excluding the favorable impact of foreign exchange.7%. The growth was mainly driven by increased subscriptions ($7 million), new society business ($4 million)company-wide restructuring and the timing of production scheduling ($2 million). As of April 30, 2012, receipts for calendar year 2012 journal subscriptions grew approximately 3% over calendar year 2011 with approximately 95% of expected calendar year 2012 subscription receipts received.

Books
Book revenue for fiscal year 2012 increased 2% to $179.2 million, or 1% excluding the favorable impact of foreign exchange. The growth was driven by higher digital reference and eBook sales ($6 million) and lower returns ($2 million), partially offset by a decline in print books ($5 million).

Other Publishing Income
Other publishing income for fiscal year 2012 of $210.6 million increased 4% over prior year, or 3% on a currency neutral basis. The improvement was driven by increased sales of rights ($5 million), journal advertising ($2 million) and pay-per-view access ($2 million), partially offset by a decline in reprints ($1 million) and backfiles ($1 million).
Total STMS Revenue by Region (on a currency neutral basis)
·  
Americas grew 3% to $392.1 million
·  
EMEA grew 1% to $580.9 million
·  
Asia-Pacific grew 4% to $67.7 million

23


Gross Profit:
Gross profit margin for fiscal year 2012 improved 10 basis points to 73.2%.  The improvement was mainly driven by increased sales ofother cost savings, higher margin digital products (50 basis points), partially offset by higher royalty rates (40 basis points).
Direct Expenses and Amortization:
Direct expenses and amortization of $310.0 million increased 2% from the prior year, but was flat excluding the unfavorable impact of foreign exchange.  Lower accrued incentive compensation ($4 million) and lower travel and advertising costs due to cost containment initiatives ($2 million) were offset by higher editorial costs ($3 million) and additional headcount ($2 million) to support business growth; and a bad debt provision related to an outstanding receivable with a university in Iran ($1 million).

Direct Contribution to Profit:
Direct contribution to profit increased 6% to $452.3 million, or 4% excluding the favorable impact of foreign exchange.  Direct contribution margin improved 100 basis points to 43.5% in fiscal year 2012.  The improvement was driven by the top-line results and higher gross profit margins.

Society Partnerships
·  24 new society journals were signed with combined annual revenue of approximately $9 million
·  103 renewals/extensions were signed with approximately $45 million in combined annual revenue
·  7 journals were not renewed in fiscal year 2012 which had combined annual revenue of approximately $1 million
New Society Contracts
·  
The Reading Teacher, Journal of Adolescent & Adult Literacy, and Reading Research Quarterly, for the International Reading Association
·  
TESOL Quarterly and TESOL Journal, for Teachers of English to Speakers of Other Languages (TESOL)
·  
The Hastings Center Report, a leading journal in applied ethics, covering areas such as bioethics and the environment
·  
Symbolic Interaction, for the Society for the Study of Symbolic Interaction
·  
International Journal of Pediatric Obesity, for the International Association for the Study of Obesity
·  
PsyCh Journal, for the Institute of Psychology, Chinese Academy of Sciences (IPCAS), China's national psychology research institute. The journal will be the first English-language Psychology journal to appear from China.
·  
Four new titles added to our existing partnership with the Policy Studies Organisation:  Policy & Internet, Poverty & Public Policy, Risk, Hazards & Crisis in Public Policy, and World Medical & Health Policy.
·  
European Journal of Pain for the European Federation of IASP Chapters (EFIC)
·  
Pharmacotherapy, for the American College of Clinical Pharmacists
·  
Rehabilitation Nursing Journal, for the Association of Rehabilitation Nurses (ARN)
·  
British Journal of Educational Technology, for the British Educational Research Association (BERA)
·  
Oceania and Archaeology in Oceania, for the University of Sydney
·  
Biology of the Cell for the French Society for Cell Biology and the French Society for Microscopy
24

·  
Journal of the American Heart Association for the American Heart Association – the first open access online-only journal for the AHA. The online journal has been launched on-time and on-budget. This is a new society relationship for STMS.
·  
British Educational Research Journal (BERJ) and a new-start review journal for the British Educational Research Association (BERA).  BERA is the largest educational research organization outside of the U.S., with 1,800 members.
·  
Obesity, for The Obesity Society
·  Journal for the Society for Information Display (SID)
Alliances
·  
Strategic alliance with CECity, Inc. to provide healthcare professionals with new, customized quality and learning solutions. CECity provides healthcare information technology platforms that link job performance improvement, lifelong learning, and quality reporting to drive high-quality clinical outcomes and patient care. This partnership will employ CECity’s market-leading technology capabilities with Wiley’s quality content to develop personalized eLearning and job performance improvement services for healthcare professionals. 
Acquisitions
·  In May 2012, Wiley announced the acquisition of Harlan Davidson Inc. (HDI), a small family-owned publishing company in Wheeling, IL. The acquisition builds on Wiley’s existing high quality American History portfolio, and strengthens growing curriculum areas such as World History, Atlantic History and State History.
New Product and Service Launches
·  
In September, Wiley launched the Wiley Job Network – a new online recruitment tool that enables employers to attract talented applicants from high-caliber users in science, technology, healthcare, law, and business. Recruiters and employers who advertise jobs on our network of career sites reach a large pool of talented professionals and specialists who are regular users of one of the world’s leading research platforms, Wiley Online Library.
Digital Update
·  Digital revenue now accounts for 61% of total STMS revenue.
·  The Wiley Job Network has surpassed 50,000 registered users and over 2 million job views since its launch in September.
·  
Total articles accessed on Wiley Online Library increased 26%.
STMS Journal Quality and Impact Factors
·  In June, Wiley announced that the number of journal titles with an impact factor in the Thomson ISI® 2010 Journal Citation Reports increased 7% to 1,087 titles, of which 317 are ranked in the top ten. Approximately 73% of Wiley’s journal portfolio has a reported impact factor.  Impact Factor is a leading evaluator of journal influence and impact, as it reflects the frequency that peer-reviewed journals are cited by researchers.

25


Professional/Trade (P/T):  
    % change
Dollars in thousands 2012 2011% changew/o FX (a)
     
Books$378,400$387,228-2%-3%
Other Publishing Income55,25849,86011%11%
Total Revenue$433,658$437,088-1%-1%
     
Gross Profit272,188269,1121%1%
Gross Profit Margin62.8%61.6%  
     
Direct Expenses & Amortization160,290173,616-8%-3%
     
Direct Contribution to Profit$111,898$95,49617%6%
Direct Contribution Margin25.8%21.8%  
(a)  Adjusted to exclude a fiscal year 2011 bad debt provision of $9.3 million related to Borders from direct expenses and direct contribution.
Revenue:
P/T revenue for fiscal year 2012 declined 1% to $433.7 million. On a currency neutral basis, book revenue decreased 3% to $378.4 million, while other publishing income grew 11% to $55.3 million.  The decline in book revenue was mainly driven by softness in the consumer line ($8 million), primarily cooking and travel, and declines in technology and business ($2 million).  The declines in consumer, technology and business were due to the residual effects of the Borders’ bankruptcy, including liquidation sales which we believe were completed by mid-September and the inclusion of sales to Borders in the prior year, combined with a weak global economy and reduced shelf-space for print titles.  The growth in other publishing income reflects the incremental revenue from the Company’s acquisition of Inscape on February 16, 2012 ($3 million) and increased revenue from advertising and distribution services.
Total P/T revenue by Region (on a currency neutral basis)
·  
Americas was flat at $342.8 million
·  
EMEA fell 5% to $58.6 million
·  
Asia-Pacific fell 1% to $32.3 million
Total P/T Revenue by Major Category (on a currency neutral basis)
·  
Business grew 2% to $141.6 million
·  
Consumer fell 6% to $129.2 million due in large part to Borders and the weak global economy
·  
Technology fell 1% to $87.1 million
·  
Professional Education was flat with the prior year at $28.0 million
·  
Architecture was flat with the prior year at $25.0 million
·  
Psychology declined 3% to $13.0 million
Gross Profit:
Gross profit margin for fiscal year 2012 improved 120 basis points to 62.8%. The improvement was mainly driven by increased eBook sales (70 basis points), high margin incremental revenue from the Inscape acquisition (20 basis points) and lower composition costs (30 basis points).

26

Direct Expenses and Amortization:
Direct expenses and amortization for fiscal year 2012 decreased 8% to $160.3 million, or 3% on a currency neutral basis and excluding the Borders bad debt provision in the prior year.  The improvement was principally driven by lower sales, marketing and advertising costs due to cost containment initiatives ($2 million), a reduction in the bad debt provision for other retail accounts ($2 million) and lower accrued incentive compensation, ($1 million).
Direct Contribution to Profit:
Direct contribution to profit for fiscal year 2012 increased 17% to $111.9 million, or 6% on a currency neutral basis and excluding the Borders bad debt provision in the prior year.  Direct contribution margin for fiscal year 2012 was 25.8% as compared to 21.8% in the prior year.  On a currency neutral basis and excluding the Borders bad debt provision in the prior year, direct contribution margin improved 180 basis points reflecting higher gross profit margins and lower direct expenses.

Alliances
Wiley (Pfeiffer) partnered with CPP, a leader in research, training, and organizational development tools for a jointly developed Leadership Plus Report. The product, built on the integration of Wiley's Leadership Practices Inventory® (LPI®) and CPP's Myers-Briggs® personality assessment, combines the LPI's in-depth view of applied leadership behavior practices through 360-degree feedback with the Myers-Briggs self-evaluation and insight into personality.
Acquisitions
In February, Wiley acquired Inscape Holdings, a leading global provider of workplace learning solutions, for approximately $85 million in cash, net of cash acquired. The acquisition will combine Wiley's reservoir of valuable content and global reach in leadership and training with Inscape's technology, distribution network, and talent expertise, including the innovative EPIC online assessment-delivery platform and an elite network of nearly 1,700 independent consultants, trainers, and coaches. Inscape was generating approximately $20 million annually in revenue prior to the acquisition.  Inscape derives approximately two-thirds of its revenue from digital products and services.

Potential Consumer Divestiture
In March, Wiley announced that it intends to explore opportunities to sell a number of its consumer print and digital publishing assets as they no longer align with the company’s long-term strategy. Fiscal Year 2012 revenue associated with the assets to be sold was approximately $80 million with a direct contribution to profit, before shared-service expenses, of approximately $6 million. Assets include travel (including the well-known Frommer’s brand), culinary, general interest, nautical, pets, crafts, Webster’s New World, and Cliff’s Notes.  Wiley will re-deploy resources in its Professional/Trade business to build on its global market-leading positions in business, finance, accounting, leadership, technology, architecture, psychology, education, and through the For Dummies brand.
Digital Update
·  Digital revenue includes eBooks, online advertising, content-enabled services and content licensing.
·  Digital revenue accounted for 15% of total P/T revenue, up from 10% in the prior year.
·  eBook sales increased approximately 70% over prior year to approximately $40 million, or 9% of total P/T revenue.  Strong eBook growth came from all accounts, notably Amazon, Barnes and Noble and Apple.
27

Global Education (GEd):  
    % change
Dollars in thousands 2012 2011% changew/o FX
     
Print Books$208,682$211,611-1%-3%
Non-Traditional & Digital Content87,85783,7895%5%
Other Publishing Income11,81811,1616%1%
Total Revenue$308,357$306,5611%-1%
     
Gross Profit204,858204,465
0%
-1%
Gross Profit Margin66.4%66.7%  
     
Direct Expenses & Amortization100,614103,421-3%-4%
     
Direct Contribution to Profit$104,244$101,0443%2%
Direct Contribution Margin33.8%33.0%  

Revenue:
GEd revenue for fiscal year 2012 increased 1% to $308.4 million, but declined 1% excluding the favorable impact of foreign exchange.  The decline reflects lower revenue from print books, partially offset by growththe dilutive impacts of investments in non-traditionalCrossKnowledge and Education Services (Deltak) and costs incurred for the development of internal systems and digital contentplatforms.
FISCAL YEAR 2015 SEGMENT RESULTS:
As part of Wiley’s Restructuring and Reinvestment Program, during the first quarter of fiscal year 2015, the Company consolidated certain decentralized business functions (Content Management, Vendor Procurement Services, Marketing Services, etc.) into Shared Service and Administrative functions. These newly centralized service groups are part of the Company’s plan to reduce costs through efficiencies gained from standardized technology and centralized management. The costs of these functions were previously reported as direct operating expenses in each business segment but are now reported within the shared service functions. Prior year amounts have been restated to reflect the same reporting methodology. The Company uses occupied square footage of space; number of employees; units shipped; specific identification/activity-based; gross profit; revenue and other publishing income.
Print Books
Print book revenue for fiscal year 2012 decreased 1%number of invoices to $208.7 million, or 3% excluding the favorable impact of foreign exchange.  The decline was driven by lower enrollments in for-profit institutions dueallocate shared service costs to government scrutiny over recruiting practices, prior year rental stock build-up and lower demand outside the U.S.
Non-Traditional & Digital Content
Non-traditional and digital content revenue, which includes WileyPLUS, eBooks, digital content sold directly to institutions, binder editions and custom publishing, increased 5% to $87.9 million in fiscal year 2012.  The growth was principally driven by increased sales of custom textbooks and eBooks, which grew 36% over prior year.
Total GEd Revenue by Region (on a currency neutral basis)
·  
Americas grew 1% to $222.0 million
·  
EMEA fell 9% to $21.1 million
·  
Asia-Pacific fell 4% to $65.3 million
Total GEd Revenue by Major Subject (on a currency neutral basis)
·  
Engineering and Computer Science fell 1% to $41.8 million
·  
Science grew 3% to $70.1 million
·  
Business and Accounting was flat with the prior year at $84.0 million
·  
Social Science declined 6% to $45.3 million
·  
Math fell 4% to $25.9 million
·  
Microsoft Official Academic Couse (MOAC) decreased 4% to $10.6 million
each business segment
 
 
28

 
 
               % change
RESEARCH:          2015              2014            % change             w/o FX (a)
     
Revenue:    
Research Communication:    
Journal Subscriptions $664,455 $667,3050%1%
Funded Access 22,388 17,67327%29%
Other Journal Revenue 126,942 113,92511%15%
  813,785798,9032%4%
Books and References:    
Print Books 101,872 114,135-11%-9%
Digital Books 45,550 47,693-4%-2%
  147,422 161,828-9%-7%
     
Other Research Revenue 79,588 83,618-5%-2%
     
Total Revenue $1,040,795 $1,044,3490%2%
     
Cost of Sales (275,487) (280,793)-2%-1%
     
Gross Profit $765,308 $763,5560%2%
Gross Profit Margin73.5%73.1%  
     
Direct Expenses (249,150) (248,175)0%2%
Amortization of Intangibles (28,190) (28,188)0%0%
Restructuring Charges (see Note 6) (4,555) (7,774)  
     
Direct Contribution to Profit $483,413 $479,4191%2%
Direct Contribution Margin46.4%45.9%  
     
Shared Services and Administrative Costs:    
Distribution and Operational Services (44,602) (45,773)-3%-1%
Technology and Content Management (99,696) (101,922)-2%-2%
Occupancy and Other (23,326) (25,997)-10%-9%
     
Contribution to Profit $315,789 $305,7273%5%
Contribution Margin30.3%29.3%  
(a)  Adjusted to exclude the fiscal year 2015 and 2014 Restructuring Charges
Revenue:
Research revenue for fiscal year 2015 of $1,040.8 million was flat with the prior year, but increased 2% excluding the unfavorable impact of foreign exchange.  The increase was driven by Journal Subscriptions, Other Journal Revenue and Funded Access, partially offset by declines in Print and Digital Books and Other Research Revenue. Journal Subscription revenue growth was driven by new subscriptions ($4 million), new titles ($2 million) and publication timing ($1 million). As of April 30, 2015, calendar year 2015 journal subscription renewals were up approximately 1% over calendar year 2014 on a constant currency basis with approximately 97% of targeted business closed. Growth in Other Journal Revenue was mainly driven by the sale of an individually large journal backfile license ($10 million) and journal content rights ($6 million). Other Journal Revenue includes service charges to contributors, sales of journal licensing rights, backfiles and individual article sales.

29

Funded Access revenue, which represents article publication fees that provide for free access to author articles grew $4.7 million in fiscal year 2015 due to a higher volume of articles published by the Company.  Print Books declined 9% to $101.9 million and Digital Books declined 2% to $45.6 million excluding the unfavorable impact of foreign exchange. Other Research Revenue, which includes journal reprint revenue, advertising, book licensing rights, distribution services and the sale of protocols, decreased 2% to $79.6 million mainly due to lower journal reprint revenue ($2 million).
Revenue by Region is as follows:
                % of           % change
           2015            2014               Revenue            w/o FX
Revenue by Region:    
Americas$401,168 $408,00138%-2%
EMEA581,459 578,09956%3%
Asia-Pacific 58,168 58,2496%6%
Total Revenue $1,040,795 $1,044,349100%2%
Cost of Sales:
Cost of Sales for fiscal year 2015 decreased 2% to $275.5 million, or 1% excluding the favorable impact of foreign exchange. The decrease reflects cost savings from outsourcing and procurement initiatives and lower cost digital products ($10 million), partially offset by higher royalty rates on society owned journals ($5 million) and higher journal volume ($3 million).
Gross Profit:
 
Gross profit marginProfit Margin for fiscal year 2012 declined 302015 of 73.5% was 40 basis points to 66.4% principallyhigher than prior year mainly due to cost savings from outsourcing and procurement initiatives and growth in digital products (110 basis points), including the sale of an individually large digital journal backfile license, partially offset by higher composition costs.royalty rates on society owned journals (70 basis points).
 
Direct Expenses and Amortization:
 
Direct expenses and amortizationExpenses for fiscal year 20122015 of $249.2 million were flat with the prior year, but increased 2% excluding the favorable impact of foreign exchange. The increase was mainly driven by higher editorial costs to support business growth ($3 million) and higher employment costs ($6 million), partially offset by lower accrued incentive compensation ($3 million). Amortization of Intangibles in fiscal year 2015 of $28.2 million was flat with the prior year.
Contribution to Profit:
Contribution to Profit for fiscal year 2015 increased 3% to $315.8 million, or 5% excluding the current and prior year Restructuring Charges and the unfavorable impact of foreign exchange.  Revenue growth and cost savings from outsourcing and procurement initiatives were partially offset by higher royalty rates on society owned journals and higher employment costs.  Contribution Margin increased 100 basis points to 30.3% in fiscal year 2015 mainly due to cost savings from outsourcing and procurement initiatives and growth in digital products, partially offset by higher royalty rates on society owned journals.
Society Partnerships
·  9 new society journals were signed with combined annual revenue of approximately $5 million
·  45 renewals/extensions were signed with approximately $30 million in combined annual revenue
·  14 journals were not renewed with combined annual revenue of approximately $9 million
30

The Company offers an alternative digital journal subscription license model to subscribers in certain markets.  Under this alternative model, the Company provides access to all journal content published within a calendar year. Under the Company’s previous licensing model, a customer subscribed to a discrete number of online journal issues and revenue was recognized as each issue was made available online. Based on the success of the program to date, the Company will expand its alternative model offering in calendar year 2016. The new time-based model will result in substantially all digital journal subscription revenue recognized on a straight-line basis over the calendar year.
Historically, journal publication timing has been skewed toward the front of a calendar year. Consequently, the Company estimates that expansion of the alternative license model will shift approximately $35 million of revenue and $0.35 of earnings per diluted share from fiscal year 2016 to fiscal year 2017. The underlying operational performance is expected to benefit from the lower administrative and contracting costs associated with the new model. The change will not impact free cash flow.
Journal Impact Index
In July 2014, the Company announced a continued increase in the number of its journal titles indexed in the Thomson Reuters® 2013 Journal Citation Reports (JCR).  A total of 1,202 Wiley titles were indexed, up from 1,193 in the previous year report.  27 Wiley journals achieved the top category rank, up from 25 in the previous year. The Thomson Reuters index is an important barometer of journal influence and impact.
               % change
PROFFESIONAL DEVELOPMENT (PD):           2015             2014            % change             w/o FX (a)
     
Revenue:    
Knowledge Services:    
Print Books $209,484 $231,984-10%-9%
Digital Books 49,822 53,764-7%-7%
Online Test Preparation and Certification 18,568 15,19222%22%
Other 30,370 29,8822%2%
  308,244 330,822-7%-6%
Talent Solutions:    
Assessment $56,762 $33,04772%72%
Online Learning and Training 42,017 -- 
  98,779 33,047199%199%
     
Total Revenue $407,023 $363,86912%13%
     
Cost of Sales (114,014) (111,911)2%3%
     
Gross Profit $293,009 $251,95816%17%
Gross Profit Margin72.0%69.2%  
     
Direct Expenses (134,538) (104,157)29%30%
Amortization of Intangibles (13,498) (6,965)94%94%
Restructuring Charges (see Note 6) (4,385) (11,860)  
     
Direct Contribution to Profit $140,588 $128,9769%8%
Direct Contribution Margin34.5%35.4%  
     
Shared Services and Administrative Costs:    
Distribution and Operational Services (30,838) (37,673)-18%-17%
Technology and Content Management (47,574) (50,374)-6%-6%
Occupancy and Other (24,060) (18,762)28%29%
     
Contribution to Profit $38,116 $22,16772%49%
Contribution Margin9.4%6.1%  
(a)  Adjusted to exclude the fiscal year 2015 and 2014 Restructuring Charges
31

Revenue:
PD revenue for fiscal year 2015 increased 12% to $407.0 million, or 13% excluding the unfavorable impact of foreign exchange. Revenue includes incremental revenue from the Talent Solutions acquisitions of CrossKnowledge ($42 million) and Profiles ($21 million). Excluding revenue from both acquisitions, revenue decreased 6% on a currency neutral basis as declines in Book sales, exceeded growth in Online Test Preparation and Certification and other Assessment revenue. The decline in Book revenue was mainly driven by slow demand for backlist titles through retail and wholesale accounts and strategically planned reductions in front list titles.  Growth in Online Test Preparation and Certification reflects the addition of new products, mainly test preparation for the CFA and CMA exams, to the ELS Excel platform.  Growth in Assessment revenue excluding the acquisitions was approximately $2.4 million and driven by new Inscape assessment products and other growth in Workplace Learning Solutions products. Other Knowledge Services revenue, which includes the sale of licensing rights, subscription revenue and advertising and agency revenue, increased 2% to $30.4 million due to growth in licensing revenue.

Revenue by Region is as follows:
               % of           % change
            2015             2014               Revenue          w/o FX
Revenue by Region:    
Americas $283,119 $285,37670%-1%
EMEA99,884 54,24025%86%
Asia-Pacific24,020 24,2535%2%
Total Revenue $407,023 $363,869100%13%
Cost of Sales:
Cost of Sales for fiscal year 2015 increased 2% or 3% excluding the favorable impact of foreign exchange to $114.0 million. The increase was mainly driven by costs from new acquisitions ($8 million), partially offset by lower Print Book volume ($5 million).
Gross Profit:
Gross Profit Margin increased from 69.2% to 72.0% in fiscal year 2015.  The improvement was mainly driven by higher margin incremental revenue from the CrossKnowledge (150 basis points) and Profiles (140 basis points) acquisitions.
Direct Expenses and Amortization:
Direct Expenses for fiscal year 2015 increased 29% to $134.5 million, or 30% excluding the favorable impact of foreign exchange. The increase was driven by incremental operating expenses from Talent Solutions acquisitions ($40 million), content development costs for new assessment products ($1 million), merit increases ($1 million) and higher accrued incentive compensation ($1 million), partially offset by restructuring and other cost savings ($12 million).  Amortization of Intangibles increased $6.5 million in fiscal year 2015 principally due to the Talent Solutions acquisitions of CrossKnowledge and Profiles.
Contribution to Profit:
Contribution to Profit increased 72% to $38.1 million in fiscal year 2015, or 49% on a currency neutral basis and excluding the current and prior year Restructuring Charges. The improvement was mainly driven by restructuring and other cost savings, partially offset by lower Book revenue and the dilutive impact of the CrossKnowledge acquisition.  Contribution Margin increased from 6.1% to 9.4% in fiscal year 2015, or 120 basis points on a currency neutral basis and excluding the Restructuring Charges. The increase was mainly driven by restructuring and other cost savings, partially offset by the dilutive impact of the CrossKnowledge acquisition.
32

Acquisitions
·  On April 1, 2014, the Company acquired Profiles International (“Profiles”) for approximately $48 million in cash, net of cash acquired. Profiles provides pre-employment assessment and selection tools that enable employers to optimize candidate selections and develop the full potential of their employees. Solutions include pre-hire assessments, including those designed to measure and match personality, knowledge, skills, managerial fit, loyalty, and values; and post-hire assessments, focused on measuring sales and managerial effectiveness, employee performance and career potential. Profiles serves approximately 4,000 corporate clients and millions of end users in over 120 countries, with assessments available in 32 languages. Profiles revenue and operating income for fiscal year 2015 was $23.3 million and $1.0 million, respectively.
·  On May 1, 2014, the Company acquired CrossKnowledge Group Limited (“CrossKnowledge”) for approximately $166 million in cash, net of cash acquired. CrossKnowledge is a learning solutions provider focused on leadership and managerial skills development that offers subscription-based, digital learning solutions for global corporations, universities, and small and medium-sized enterprises. CrossKnowledge’s solutions include a variety of managerial and leadership topics such as leadership, diversity, value creation, client orientation, change and corporate strategy that are delivered on a cloud-based LMS platform with over 19,000 learning objects in 17 languages. CrossKnowledge serves over five million end-users in 80 countries. For the fiscal year ended April 30, 2015, CrossKnowledge’s revenue and operating loss included in Wiley’s results was $42.0 million and $5.1 million, respectively, including $4.6 million of acquisition amortization.
Collaborations and Alliances
·  CrossKnowledge announced an agreement with Gavisus, a Scandinavian-based digital learning and talent development company. CrossKnowledge will provide Gavisus with the technology to plan, design and deliver online leadership training to clients in Norway, Sweden and Denmark.
·  Wiley announced a strategic collaboration with SilverCloud Health, a global provider of online behavioral and wellness solutions. The partnership, which will provide a comprehensive range of therapeutic programs across behavioral health and long-term chronic disease management, brings together Wiley’s evidence-based psychological and wellness content and SilverCloud Health’s award-winning cloud-based technology platform. The first set of programs, released in 2015, will address Generalized Anxiety Disorder and Diabetes, conditions that affect more than 40 million people in the United States on a daily basis alone.
·  Wiley has partnered with Chinese Cultural University to distribute the CPAexcel test preparation platform in China.
·  The Institute of Management Accountants announced a partnership agreement in India with Wiley to offer Wiley’s Certified Management Accountant Exam (CMA) Learning System as part of a full offering that includes live training from Miles Professional Education, a major professional certification course provider in India.
33

              % change
EDUCATION:           2015             2014            % change            w/o FX (a)
     
Revenue:    
Books:    
Print Textbooks$144,416$163,152-11%-9%
Digital Books34,03630,13713%15%
 178,452193,289-8%-6%
     
Custom Products50,62243,55616%16%
     
Course Workflow Solutions (WileyPLUS)54,22349,45910%11%
     
Education Services (Deltak)81,59570,17916%16%
     
Other Education Revenue9,73010,494-7%-7%
     
Total Revenue$374,622$366,9772%3%
     
Cost of Sales(110,182)(114,174)-3%-2%
     
Gross Profit$264,440$252,8035%6%
Gross Profit Margin70.6%68.9%  
     
Direct Expenses(127,472)(120,407)6%7%
Amortization of Intangibles(9,527)(9,527)0%0%
Restructuring Charges (see Note 6)(1,571)(891)  
     
Direct Contribution to Profit$125,870$121,9783%4%
Direct Contribution Margin33.6%33.2%  
     
Shared Services and Administrative Costs:    
Distribution and Operational Services(12,863)(15,685)-18%-16%
Technology and Content Management(52,954)(46,787)13%14%
Occupancy and Other(13,878)(11,719)18%19%
     
Contribution to Profit$46,175$47,787-3%1%
Contribution Margin12.3%13.0%  
(a)  Adjusted to exclude the fiscal year 2015 and 2014 Restructuring Charges
Revenue:
Education revenue for fiscal year 2015 increased 2% to $374.6 million, or 3% excluding the unfavorable impact of foreign exchange.  The growth was mainly driven by Education Services (Deltak), Custom Products, Course Workflow Solutions (WileyPLUS) and Digital Books, partially offset by a decline in Print Textbooks.  WileyPLUS revenue, which is earned ratably over the school semester, grew 10% in fiscal year 2015. Unearned deferred WileyPLUS revenue as of April 30, 2015 was $3.8 million. The decline in Print Textbooks reflects student’s preference for Digital Books and Custom Products, a decline in for-profit enrollments and impact from rental book programs.
Education Services (Deltak) accounted for 22% of total Education revenue in fiscal year 2015 compared to 19% in the prior year.  During the fiscal year, Wiley added 27 net programs and signed the University of Birmingham (UK), Manhattan College (US), University College Cork (Ireland), University of Delaware (US), and the largest partnership to-date, a university-wide agreement with one of America’s most prestigious institutions. As of April 30, 2015, Deltak had 38 partners and 200 degree programs under contract.
34

Revenue by Region is as follows:
                % of           % change
           2015             2014               Revenue           w/o FX
Revenue by Region:    
Americas $300,174 $288,32980%5%
EMEA 19,265 19,3345%0%
Asia-Pacific 55,183 59,31415%-2%
Total Revenue $374,622 $366,977100%3%
Cost of Sales
Cost of Sales for fiscal year 2015 decreased 3% to $100.6$110.2 million, or 4%2% excluding the unfavorablefavorable impact of foreign exchange.  The decrease was mainly driven by lower employmentcomposition costs from lower cost digital products ($3 million), lower royalty costs due to product mix ($2 million) and lower inventory obsolescence provisions ($1 million), partially offset by higher student recruitment costs in Education Services (Deltak) due to growth in new partners and programs ($3 million).
Gross Profit:
Gross Profit Margin for fiscal year 2015 improved 170 basis points to 70.6% principally due to lower composition costs from lower cost digital products (70 basis points), lower royalty costs due to product mix (60 basis points) and lower inventory obsolescence provisions (40 basis points).
Direct Expenses and Amortization:
Direct Expenses increased 6% to $127.5 million, or 7% excluding the favorable impact of foreign exchange.  The increase was mainly driven by costs associated with growth in Education Services (Deltak) partner programs ($12 million), partially offset by restructuring and other cost savings ($2 million), lower accrued incentive compensation ($1 million) and lower editorial costs due to a reduced title count ($1 million).  Amortization of Intangibles was $9.5 million in fiscal years 2015 and 2014.
Contribution to Profit:
Contribution to Profit for fiscal year 2015 decreased 3% to $46.2 million, but increased 1% on a currency neutral basis and excluding the current and prior year Restructuring Charges.  The increase was mainly due to digital revenue growth and cost savings initiatives, partially offset by continued investment in Education Services (Deltak) programs.  Contribution Margin decreased 70 basis points to 12.3% in fiscal year 2015, or 40 basis points on a currency neutral basis and excluding the Restructuring Charges.  The decline was mainly driven by continued investment in Education Services (Deltak) program development, partially offset by higher gross profit margins and restructuring and other cost savings.
SHARED SERVICES AND ADMINISTRATIVE COSTS:
The following table reflects total shared services and administrative costs by function, which are included in the Operating and Administrative Expenses line item in the Consolidated Statements of Income.  A portion of these costs are allocated to each segment above based on allocation methodologies described in Note 20.
35


              % Change
Dollars in thousands              2015                 2014           % Change          w/o FX (a)
     
Distribution and Operation Services$88,224$99,433-11%-10%
Technology and Content Management246,292241,3292%2%
Finance52,98854,468-3%-1%
Other Administration106,335101,4875%6%
Restructuring Charges (see Note 6)18,29322,197-18%-
Impairment Charges (see Note 7)-4,786--
Total$512,132$523,700-2%0%
(a)  Adjusted to exclude the fiscal year 2015 and 2014 Restructuring and fiscal year 2014 Impairment Charges
Shared Services and Administrative Costs for fiscal year 2015 decreased 2% to $512.1 million, but was flat on a currency neutral basis and excluding the current and prior year Restructuring Charges and prior year Asset Impairment Charges.
Distribution and Operation Services costs decreased mainly due to the outsourcing of certain warehousing ($8 million), lower print volume ($1 million) and lower accrued incentive compensation ($1 million). Technology and Content Management costs increased mainly due to investments in digital platforms and internal systems ($20 million), including approximately $6 million for the continued investment in the Company’s Enterprise Resource Planning System, incremental costs from Talent Solutions acquisitions ($7 million) and investments in new Education Services (Deltak) partners and programs ($2 million), partially offset by Content Management restructuring and other cost savings ($18 million) and lower accrued incentive compensation ($4 million). Finance costs decreased mainly due to lower employment costs ($4 million), partially offset by incremental costs from acquisitions ($3 million). Other Administration costs increased mainly due to incremental costs from the CrossKnowledge acquisition ($5 million) and the expiration of a real estate tax incentive related to the Company’s Hoboken headquarters ($3 million), partially offset by other ($2 million), mainly lower accrued incentive compensation.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES:
The Company’s Cash and Cash Equivalents balance was $457.4 million at the end of fiscal year 2015, compared with $486.4 million a year earlier.  Cash Provided by Operating Activities in fiscal year 2015 increased $6.9 million to $355.1 million principally due to lower income tax payments ($18 million), lower income tax deposits paid to German tax authorities ($7 million), lower employee retirement plan contributions ($6 million) and lower royalty advance payments ($5 million), partially offset by higher sales and marketing costs ($1 million).
Direct Contribution to Profit:
Direct contribution to profit for fiscal year 2012 increased 3% to $104.2 million, or 2% excluding the favorable impact of foreign exchange. Direct contribution margin improved 80 basis points to 33.8% in fiscal year 2012 mainly driven by lower direct expenses.

Acquisitions and Alliances
·  
An alliance agreement was signed with Blackboard, which will provide instructors and students with direct access to WileyPLUS through the Blackboard learning management system. The collaboration will provide a seamless experience between Wiley course materials and the campus environment. In addition, thirty-one institutions are evaluating a new integration for using digital learning content from Wiley with Blackboard Inc.’s learning management system (LMS). The field trial gives students and faculty access to Wiley’s rich collection of learning content and tools directly within their online course environment. The field trial involves students, faculty and campus administrators across 42 courses at two and four-year higher education institutions in the U.S. and Canada. The integration is expected to be fully available globally in summer 2012. In March 2012, the Company signed a new partnership with the National Environmental Health Association (NEHA), MindLeaders, and Prometric to offer Food Safety training and certification. The three partners are leaders in their fields:  NEHA is a 70-year old association of health departments, concentrating on the inspection of restaurants and foodservice operations in the area of food safety; MindLeaders is a global e-Learning company; and Prometric is a worldwide leader in testing and certification.
·  Wiley acquired the newsletter National Teaching & Learning Forum (NTLF) and launched two 2012 NTLF issues on Wiley Online Library in March. The NTLF is a subscription fee-based newsletter that serves to “create a sustained and sustaining conversation about teaching and learning.”
Wiley Learning Institute
In February, Wiley announced the launch of Wiley Learning Institute™   (www.WileyLearningInstitute.com), a new service center that provides essential knowledge, ideas, and best practices to promote professional learning for faculty and campus leaders. The online center leverages content, expertise, and resources from across Wiley's global businesses to enable them to excel in their work, fulfill the education mission of their institutions, and provide additional opportunities to enhance teaching and learning. Wiley Learning Institute employs the latest technologies to provide participants with interactive workshops, applied learning labs, one-on-one coaching programs, and an online, collaborative community of researchers, thought leaders, and professionals across multiple disciplines.

29

Digital Update
·  Digital revenue now 16% of Global Education business.
·  Revenue for WileyPLUS fell 2% to approximately $32 million mainly due to a sharp decline in for-profit enrolment.
·  eBook sales grew 36% to approximately $17 million.
Shared Services and Administrative Costs
Shared services and administrative costs for fiscal year 2012 increased 4% to $388.0 million, or 3% excluding the unfavorable impact of foreign exchange.  The increase mainly reflects higher technology costs, to support investments in digital products and infrastructure ($13 million) and higher employment costs due to new hires and merit increases ($7 million). These increases were partially offset by lower accruedannual incentive compensation payments ($620 million), lower distribution costs duehigher payments related to the continued migration from print to digital productsCompany’s restructuring programs ($4 million) and other ($1 million),working capital changes mainly lower professional fees.due to timing.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources – Fiscal year 2012
The Company’s cash and cash equivalents balance was $259.8 million at the end of fiscal year 2012, compared with $201.9 million a year earlier. Cash provided by operating activitiesUsed for Investing Activities in fiscal year 2012 increased $4.0 million to $379.6 million due primarily to higher net income net of non-cash charges ($35 million), mostly offset by changes in operating assets and liabilities ($24 million) and higher royalty advance payments ($7 million). 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities were primarily due to lower accrued expenses ($29 million) principally accrued incentive compensation; lower Deferred Revenue ($13 million) and lower royalties payable ($7 million) due to higher royalty advance payments, partially offset by lower Accounts Receivable ($15 million) due to improved collections and higher income taxes payable ($8 million). The decrease in Deferred Revenue reflects the timing of subscription cash collections primarily due to accelerated collections in the prior year.
Cash used for investing activities for fiscal year 20122015 was approximately $212.0$279.7 million compared to $113.0 million in fiscal year 2011. The Company invested $92.2 million in the acquisition of publishing businesses, assets and rights compared to $7.2$149.3 million in the prior year. Fiscal year primarily reflecting2015 includes the $85acquisition of CrossKnowledge for approximately $166 million paidin cash, net of cash acquired, while fiscal year 2014 includes the acquisition of Profiles for the Inscape acquisition (See Note 4). This acquisition wasapproximately $48 million, net of cash acquired. The acquisitions were funded through the use of the existing credit facility and available cash and did not have an impact on the Company’s ability to meet other operating, investing and financing needs.  During fiscal years 2015 and 2014, the Company received $1.1 million and $3.3 million of escrow proceeds, respectively, from the sale of certain consumer publishing assets in fiscal year 2013 which represented the final amounts due to the Company from the sale of those assets.
36

Composition spending was $39.4 million in fiscal year 2015 compared to $40.6 million in the prior year. The decrease reflects lower spending in Education and Research due to cost reduction efficiencies and lower planned title volume. Cash used for technology, property and equipment increased $12.9was $69.1 million in fiscal year 2012 versus2015 compared to $57.6 million in the prior yearyear.  The increase mainly reflecting increased investmentsreflects Deltak curriculum development costs due to growth in technology to support new productspartners and business growthprograms ($5 million), incremental capital spending for CrossKnowledge ($4 million), and leasehold improvementscapital spending on new facilities. leased facilities ($2 million).
 
Cash used in financing activitiesUsed for Financing Activities was $104.7$61.0 million in fiscal year 2012,2015 as compared to $230.0$53.5 million in fiscal year 2011.the prior year. The Company’s net debt (debt less cash and cash equivalents) decreased $37.2increased $78.9 million from the prior fiscal year end.principally to fund the CrossKnowledge acquisition ($166 million). During fiscal year 2012,2015, net debt borrowings were $20.8$47.7 million compared to net payments of $194.8$27.1 million in the prior year period.  In fiscal 2012, cash was used primarily to fund the Inscape acquisition, repurchase treasury shares and pay dividends to shareholders, partially offset by proceeds on stock option exercises. In fiscal year 2012, the Company repurchased 1,864,700 shares at an average price of $46.69 compared to 577,405 shares at an average price of $48.42 in the prior year.  The Company increased its quarterly dividend to shareholders by 25% to $0.20 per share in fiscal year 2012 from $0.16 per sharetotal notional amount of the interest rate swap agreements associated with the Company’s revolving credit facilities was $300 million as of April 30, 2015.
To take advantage of more favorable interest rates available in the prior year. Proceeds from stock option exercises decreased $12.5 million to $15.3 million in fiscal 2012.
30

On November 2, 2011,current market, on December 22, 2014, the Company amended and restated itsentered into a $50 million 364-day U.S. dollar revolving credit facility reinstated every 30 days with Santander Bank, N.A. which is equally ranked with the Company’s existing credit facilityagreement with Bank of America - Merrill Lynch and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, and TD Bank, N.A.. The facility was fully drawn as joint lead arrangers and Bank of America as administrative agent.April 30, 2015. The new agreement consistsborrowing rate is LIBOR plus a margin of a $700 million five-year senior revolving credit facility, which can be drawn in multiple currencies.1.00%. The proceeds of the new revolving credit facility were used to pay downa portion of the Company’s priorexisting revolving credit facilityfacilities and meet seasonal operating cash requirements.
On October 31, 2014, the Company entered into a U.S. dollar facility with TD Bank, N.A. which is equally ranked with the Company’s existing agreement with Bank of America - Merrill Lynch and The Company also has the option to requestRoyal Bank of Scotland plc, and Santander Bank. The new agreement consists of a credit limit increase of up to $250 million in minimum increments of $50 million subject364-day revolving credit facility. The facility was fully drawn as of April 30, 2015. The borrowing rate is LIBOR plus an applicable margin ranging from 0.80% to 1.40%, and a facility fee will be due on any undrawn amounts ranging from 0.125% to 0.30%, both depending on the approval of the lenders.Company consolidated leverage ratio, as defined. The amended credit agreement contains certain restrictive covenants related to the Company’s consolidated leverage ratio and interest coverage ratio. Due to the fact that there are no principal payments due until the end of the amended agreement in fiscal year 2017,ratio, which the Company has classified its entire debt obligation as long-termwas in compliance with as of April 30, 2012. See Note 12 for further discussion2015. The proceeds of the debt arrangement.new revolving credit facility were used to pay a portion of the Company’s existing revolving credit facility and meet seasonal operating cash requirements.
 
The aggregate notional amountDuring fiscal year 2015, the Company repurchased 1,082,502 shares of interest rate swap agreements associated withcommon stock at an average price of $57.26 compared to 1,248,030 shares at an average price of $50.79 in the Term Loan and Revolving Credit Facility were $375.0 million asprior year.  In fiscal year 2015, the Company increased its quarterly dividend to shareholders by 16% to $0.29 per share versus $0.25 per share in the prior year. Lower proceeds from the exercise of April 30, 2012.  It is management's intention thatstock options reflect a lower volume of stock option exercises in fiscal year 2015 compared to the notional amount of the interest rate swap be less than the Term Loan and Revolving Credit Facility outstanding during the life of the derivatives.prior year.
 
The Company’s operating cash flow is affected by the seasonality and timing of receipts from its STMSResearch journal subscriptions and its Global Education business. Cash receipts for calendar year STMSResearch subscription journals occur primarily from NovemberDecember through March.April.  Reference is made to the Customer Credit Risk section, which follows, for a description of the impact on the Company as it relates to independent journal agents’ financial position and liquidity. Sales primarily in the U.S. higher education market tend to be concentrated in June through August, and again in November through January. Due to this seasonality, the Company normally requires increased funds for working capital from May through September.October.
 
The Company has adequate cash and cash equivalents available, as well as short-term lines of credit to finance its short-term seasonal working capital requirements. The Company does not have any off-balance-sheet debt.
37

Cash and Cash Equivalents held outside the U.S. were approximately $253.7$411.6 million as of April 30, 2012.2015. The balances in equivalent U.S. dollars were comprised primarily of Euros, Pound Sterling,pound sterling ($256 million), euros ($73 million), Australian dollars ($45 million), Singapore dollars ($34 million) and Australian dollars.other ($4 million). Maintenance of these non-U.S. dollar cash and cash equivalent balances outside the U.S. does not have a material impact on the liquidity or capital resources of the Company.Company’s global, including U.S., operations. Cash and cash equivalent balances outside the U.S. may be subject to U.S. taxation, if repatriated. The Company intends to reinvest cash outside the U.S. except in instances where repatriating such earnings would result in no additional income tax.  Accordingly, the Company has not accrued for U.S. income tax on the repatriation of non-U.S. earnings.  It is not practical to determine the U.S. income tax liability that would be payable if such cash and cash equivalents were not indefinitely reinvested.
 
As of April 30, 2012,2015, the Company had approximately $475.0$750.1 million of debt outstanding and approximately $235$302.9 million of unused borrowing capacity under theits Revolving Credit Facility which is described in Note 12 and matures on November 2, 2016. We believeother facilities. The Company believes that ourits operating cash flow, together with ourits revolving credit facilities and other available debt financing, will be adequate to meet ourits operating, investing and financing needs in the foreseeable future, although there can be no assurance that continued or increased volatility in the global capital and credit markets will not impair ourits ability to access these markets on terms commercially acceptable to us or at all.acceptable.  The Company does not have any off-balance-sheet debt.
 
The Company’s working capital can be negative due to the seasonality of its businesses. The primary driver of the negative working capital is unearned deferred revenue related to subscriptions for which cash has been collected in advance. Cash received in advance for subscriptions is used by the Company for a number of purposes including acquisitions; debt repayments; funding operations; dividendsdividend payments; and purchasing treasury shares. The deferred revenue will be recognized inas income aswhen the products are shipped or made available online to the customers over the term of the subscription. Current liabilities as of April 30, 20122015 include $342.0$372.1 million of such deferred subscription revenue for which cash was collected in advance.
 
Projected capital spending for Technology, Property and Equipment and Composition for fiscal year 20132016 is forecast to be approximately $85$110 million and $55$38 million, respectively, primarilyrespectively. Fiscal year 2016 Technology, Property and Equipment spending includes approximately $35 million related to create new enterprise resource systems to enable future operating efficiency gains and enhance existing digital productsspending to transform the Company's Hoboken headquarters to enable consolidation and system functionality that will drive future business growth.productivity gains. Projected spending for author advances, which is classified as an operating activity, for fiscal year 20132016 is forecast to be approximately $110$100 million.
 
FISCAL YEAR 2014 SUMMARY RESULTS
Revenue:
Revenue for fiscal year 2014 increased 1% to $1,775.2 million.  The growth mainly reflects incremental revenue from the acquisitions of Deltak ($31 million), ELS ($4 million) and Profiles ($2 million); growth in journal subscriptions ($23 million); and growth in digital books ($20 million) and other digital products, partially offset by a reduction in revenue due to the divestment of the consumer publishing programs in fiscal year 2013 ($46 million) and declines in print book revenue in each of the three businesses ($50 million).  Deltak and ELS were acquired by the Company in October and November 2012, respectively, while Profiles was acquired in April 2014.
Cost of Sales and Gross Profit:
Cost of Sales for fiscal year 2014 decreased 5% to $506.9 million.  The decrease reflects a reduction in costs due to the divestment of the consumer publishing programs ($30 million), restructuring and other cost savings ($5 million) and other, mainly lower cost digital products ($7 million), partially offset by higher royalty rates on society owned journals ($10 million) and incremental operating costs from acquisitions ($9 million).
 
 
3138

 
 
As part of its routine tax audit process, the German tax authorities notified the Company in May 2012, they are challenging the Company’s tax position which is further discussed in Note 19. The Company’s management and its advisors believe that it is “more likely than not” to successfully defend that the tax treatment was proper and in accordance with German tax regulations. Under German tax law a company must pay all the tax contested and the related interest to have the right to defend a position challenged by authorities. As such, in June 2012, Wiley made a 24 million euro deposit with the German Government. The Company expects to deposit an estimated additional 33 million euros plus interest in future periods until the issue is resolved. The circumstances are not unique to Wiley.
Fiscal Year 2011 Summary Results
Revenue and Gross Profit:
Revenueprofit for fiscal year 2011 increased 3% to $1,742.6 million, or 4% excluding the unfavorable impact2014 of foreign exchange. The increase71.4% was driven by growth in all three businesses, led by strong growth in Global Education (“GEd”).
Gross profit margin for fiscal year 2011 of 69.1% was 0.5%160 basis points higher than prior year. The increase was driven by lower journal production costsyear due to off-shoringthe impact of the divested consumer publishing programs (90 basis points), restructuring and other cost savings (30 basis points), incremental revenue from higher margin acquisitions (20 basis points) and increased sales of higher margin digital products, (20partially offset by higher royalty rates on society owned journals (60 basis points), including a digital backlist book license with a university consortium in Saudi Arabia..
 
Operating and Administrative Expenses:
 
Operating and administrative expenses for fiscal year 2011 of $910.8 million were2014 increased 4% higher than prior year, or 5% excluding the favorable impact of foreign exchange.to $969.5 million.  The increase was primarilymainly driven by incremental operating and administrative expenses from acquisitions ($29 million); higher employment costs ($32 million) including accrued incentive compensation; higher technology costs ($15 million) reflecting ongoing investments in digital products and infrastructure, such as WileyPLUS, eBooks, customer data/relationship management initiatives, and Wiley Online Library; higher employment costs ($8 million) due to merit increases and retirement benefits; higher journal editorial costs ($726 million); and higher warehouse rent and facility costs ($6 million) and traveloperating expenses ($3 million) to support business expansion,growth in Deltak ($6 million); and other, mainly lower property tax incentives ($4 million), partially offset by lower journal distribution costs duerestructuring and other cost savings ($46 million) and a reduction related to off-shoringthe divestment of the consumer publishing programs ($15 million).

Restructuring Charges:
In fiscal years 2014 and outsourcing2013, the Company recorded pre-tax restructuring charges of $42.7 million, or $28.3 million after tax ($3 million).0.48 per share) and $29.3 million, or $19.8 million after tax ($0.33 per share), respectively, which are described in more detail below:
Restructuring and Reinvestment Program
 
In fiscal year 2011,2013, the Company recordedinitiated a $9.3program (the “Restructuring and Reinvestment Program”) to restructure and realign its cost base with current and anticipated future market conditions. A portion of the costs savings will improve margin and earnings while the remainder will be reinvested in high growth digital business opportunities. The restructuring programs generated approximately $46 million bad debt provision ($0.10 per share) withinin cost savings during fiscal year 2014, a portion of which was reinvested into higher growth digital opportunities as planned.
The following table summarizes the Professional/Trade reporting segmentpre-tax restructuring charges related to this program (in thousands):
     Total Charges
 2014 2013 Incurred to Date
Charges by Segment:     
   Research$7,774 $2,896 $10,670
   Professional Development11,860 6,284 18,144
   Education891 1,118 2,009
   Shared Services22,197 14,154 36,351
Total Restructuring Charges$42,722 $24,452 $67,174
      
Charges by Activity:     
   Severance$25,962 $19,706 $45,668
   Process reengineering consulting8,556 2,618 11,174
   Other activities8,204 2,128 10,332
Total Restructuring Charges$42,722 $24,452 $67,174
The fiscal year 2014 Restructuring Charges for Research and Professional Development are net of credits of approximately $1.0 million and $1.2 million, respectively, related to the Company’s customer, Borders Group, Inc. (“Borders”).reversal of severance provisions previously recorded by the Company.  The provision representedcredits reflect employees who have accepted different positions within the Company’s outstanding receivable with Borders, net of existing reserves and expected recoveries. Borders was projected to accountCompany, or who voluntarily resigned. Other Activities for 5% of fiscal year 2011 P/T sales. There were no additional charges or bad debt expense with respect to this customer.

In2014 mainly reflect lease and other contract termination costs, while the fiscal year 2010, the Company recognized impairment and restructuring charges of $15.1 million ($0.17 per share) within the STMS reporting segment. The charges2013 Other Activities principally include an $11.5 million impairment charge for GIT Verlag, a business-to-business German-language controlled circulation magazine business; a $1.6 million restructuring charge for severance-related costs to reduce certain staff levels and the number of magazines published by GIT Verlag; an impairment charge of $0.9 million for three smaller business-to-business controlled circulation advertising magazines; and a $1.1 million restructuring charge for severancetermination/curtailment costs related to the off-shoring of certain central marketing and content management activities to Singapore and other countries in Asia.U.S. defined benefit pension plan.
 

 
3239

 
Other Restructuring Programs
As part of the Company’s ongoing transition and transformation to digital products and services, certain activities were identified in the first quarter of fiscal year 2013 that were discontinued, outsourced, or relocated to lower cost regions.  As a result, the Company recorded a pre-tax restructuring charge of approximately $4.8 million, or $3.5 million after tax ($0.06 per share), in fiscal year 2013 for redundancy and separation benefits.  Approximately $3.0 million, $1.3 million and $0.2 million of the restructuring charge was recorded within the Research, PD and Education reporting segments, respectively, with the remainder recognized in Shared Service costs.  The charge was fully recovered as of April 30, 2014.
Impairment Charges:
In fiscal years 2014 and 2013, the Company recorded pre-tax impairment charges of $4.8 million, or $3.4 million after tax ($0.06 per share) and $30.7 million, or $21.0 million after tax ($0.35 per share), respectively, which are described in more detail below:
Fiscal Year 2014
Technology Investments
In fiscal year 2014, the Company terminated a multi-year software development program for an internal operations application due to a change in the Company’s longer-term enterprise systems plans. As a result, the Company recorded an asset impairment charge for previously capitalized software costs related to the program of $4.8 million, or $3.4 million after tax ($0.06 per share).
Fiscal Year 2013
Consumer Publishing Programs
The Company began accounting for its culinary, CliffsNotes, and Webster’s New World Dictionary consumer publishing programs as Assets Held for Sale in the second quarter of fiscal year 2013. Accordingly, the Company recorded a pre-tax impairment charge of $12.1 million, or $7.5 million after tax ($0.12 per share), in the second quarter of fiscal year 2013 to reduce the carrying value of the assets within these programs to approximately $9.9 million, which represented their fair value based on the estimated sales price, less costs to sell. On November 5, 2012, the Company completed a sale to Houghton Mifflin Harcourt for $11.0 million in cash, which approximated the carrying value of related assets sold. In addition, in the second quarter of fiscal year 2013, the Company recorded a pre-tax impairment charge of $3.4 million, or $2.1 million after tax ($0.04 per share) to reduce the carrying value of inventory and royalty advances within its other consumer publishing programs to their estimated realizable value.
Controlled Circulation Publishing Assets
In fiscal year 2013, the Company identified certain controlled circulation publishing programs that no longer aligned with the Company’s long-term strategy, shifting key resources from these programs to other publishing programs within the Research segment. As a result, the Company performed an impairment test on the intangible assets related to these controlled circulation publishing programs in fiscal year 2013, which resulted in a $9.9 million pre-tax impairment charge, or $8.2 million after tax ($0.14 per share). The intangible assets principally consisted of acquired publication rights. The impairment charge resulted in a full write-off of the carrying value of these intangible assets based on their estimated fair values as determined by the Company utilizing a discounted cash flow analysis.

Operating Income:
40

 
Operating income forTechnology Investments
In fiscal year 2011 increased 2% to $248.12013, the Company identified certain technology investments which no longer fit the Company’s technology strategy. As a result, the Company recorded an asset impairment charge of $5.3 million, or 8% on a currency neutral basis. Excluding$3.2 million after-tax ($0.05 per share), to write-off the impactfull carrying value of the Borders bad debt provisionrelated assets.
Amortization of Intangibles:
Amortization of intangibles increased $2.7 million to $44.7 million in fiscal year 2014 mainly driven by incremental amortization related to the fiscal year 2013 acquisition of Deltak.
Gain (Net of Losses) on Sale of Consumer Publishing Programs:
Sale of Travel Publishing Program:
On August 31, 2012, the Company sold its travel publishing program, including all of its interests in the Frommer’s, Unofficial Guides, and WhatsonWhen brands to Google, Inc. (“Google”) for $22 million in cash, of which $3.3 million was held in escrow. The escrow was released to the Company in fiscal year 2014. As a result, the Company recorded a $9.8 million pre-tax gain on the sale, or $6.2 million after tax ($9.3 million)0.10 per share), fiscal year 2013. In connection with the sale, the Company also entered into a transition services agreement which ended on December 31, 2013.  Fees earned by the Company in fiscal year 2013 in connection with the service agreement were $0.5 million.
Sale of Culinary, CliffsNotes and Webster’s New World Publishing Programs:
On November 5, 2012, the priorCompany completed the sale of the Company’s culinary, CliffsNotes, and Webster’s New World Dictionary consumer publishing programs to Houghton Mifflin Harcourt (“HMH”) for $11.0 million in cash, which approximated the carrying value of related assets sold, of which $1.1 million was held in escrow. The escrow was released to the Company in May 2014. In connection with the sale, the Company also entered into a transition services agreement which ended on March 5, 2013.  Fees earned by the Company in fiscal year impairment2013 in connection with the service agreement were approximately $1.5 million.
Sale of Other Consumer Publishing Programs:
In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013, the Company completed the sale of its other consumer publishing programs to various buyers for approximately $1 million in cash and restructuring chargesa limited future royalty interest. The Company recorded a $3.8 million pre-tax loss on the sales, or $3.6 million after tax ($15.1 million), operating income increased 6% on a currency neutral basis. Higher revenue and higher gross profit margins were partially offset by higher operating and administrative expenses to support business growth.0.06 per share) in fiscal year 2013.

Interest Expense/Income, Foreign Exchange and Other:
 
Interest expense for fiscal year 2011 decreased $15.02014 increased $0.8 million to $17.3$13.9 million.  Lower interest rates and lowerThe increase was driven by higher average debt contributed approximately $10.0 million and $5.0 millionmainly due to the decrease, respectively.  Losses on foreign currency transactions foracquisition financing ($2 million), partially offset by lower interest rates.  The Company’s average cost of borrowing in fiscal years 20112014 and 2010 were $2.2 million2013 was 1.8% and $10.9 million,2.0%, respectively.  The foreign currency transaction loss inIn fiscal year 2010 was principally due to2013, the revaluationCompany recognized foreign exchange transaction losses of U.S. dollar cash balances held by the Company’s non-U.S. locations into the local currency of those operations.  Interest income and other increased $1.6$2.0 million from the prior year, reflecting interest earnedmainly on higher average cash balances.intercompany debt.
41

 
Provision for Income Taxes:
 
The effective tax rate for fiscal year 20112014 was 25.6%17.9% compared to 28.3%22.8% in the prior year.  During the first quarters of fiscal year 2011,years 2014 and 2013, the Company recorded a $4.2 million ($0.07 per share) non-cash deferred tax benefitbenefits of $10.6 million ($0.18 per share) and $8.4 million ($0.14 per share), respectively, principally associated with new tax legislation enacted in the United Kingdom (“U.K.”) that reduced the U.K. statutory income tax rate from 28% to 27%.rates by 3% and 2%, respectively. The new tax rate was effective as of April 1, 2011.  The benefitbenefits recognized by the Company reflectedreflect the restatementremeasurement of all applicable U.K. deferred tax balances to the new income tax rate.rates of 21% effective April 1, 2014 and 20% effective April 1, 2015.  In fiscal year 2011,2013, the Company also recognized state net operating lossrecorded a tax charge of $2.1 million ($0.04 per share) due to changes in the Company’s ability to take certain deductions in the U.S.  Excluding the impact of the tax benefits of approximately $1.9 million ($0.03 per share). Theand charges described above, the Company’s effective tax rate for fiscal year 2011 excludingdecreased from 26.2% to 23.3% principally due to a higher proportion of income from lower tax jurisdictions; lower U.K. income tax rates and a $2.5 million tax reserve release in the tax benefits described above was 28.3%.current year.
 
Earnings Per Share:
 
Earnings per diluted share for fiscal years 2011 and 2010 were $2.80 and $2.41, respectively.  Excludingyear 2014 increased 13% to $2.70 per share due to the effectsfavorable impact of unfavorable foreign exchange transaction and translation losses ($0.070.02 per share), the current year Borders bad debt provision; lower impairment charges ($0.100.29 per share), the prior year impairment and restructuring charges ($0.17 per share) and the fiscal year 2011; higher deferred tax benefit associated withbenefits related to the changechanges in the U.K. corporate income tax rates ($0.070.04 per share); and the prior year tax charge ($0.04 per share), earningspartially offset by higher restructuring charges ($0.15 per diluted share increased 12%share) and the prior year gain (net of losses) on sale of the consumer publishing programs ($0.04 per share).  In addition, higher shares outstanding.margin digital revenue, restructuring savings and lower tax rates were partially offset by higher accrued incentive compensation and technology costs.
FISCAL YEAR 2014 SEGMENT RESULTS:
As part of Wiley’s Restructuring and Reinvestment Program, during the first quarter of fiscal year 2015, the Company consolidated certain decentralized business functions (Content Management, Vendor Procurement Services, Marketing Services, etc.) into Shared Service and Administrative functions. These newly centralized service groups are part of the Company’s plan to reduce costs through efficiencies gained from standardized technology and centralized management. The dilutive effectcosts of higher shares outstandingthese functions were previously reported as direct operating expenses in each business segment but are now reported within the shared service functions. The amounts for fiscal years 2014 and 2013 have been restated to reflect the same reporting methodology used in fiscal year 2011 was approximately $0.08 per share as compared2015. The Company uses occupied square footage of space; number of employees; units shipped; specific identification/activity-based; gross profit; revenue and number of invoices to the prior year.allocate shared service costs to each business segment.
 

 
3342

 

             % change
RESEARCH:          2014            2013          % change            w/o FX (a)
     
Revenue:    
Research Communication:    
Journal Subscriptions$667,305$641,5634%4%
Funded Access17,6736,221184%180%
Other Journal Revenue113,925112,0412%2%
 798,903759,8255%5%
Books and References:    
Print Books114,135127,894-11%-11%
Digital Books47,69336,85629%27%
 161,828164,750-2%-2%
     
Other Research Revenue83,61885,250-2%-3%
     
Total Revenue$1,044,349$1,009,8253%3%
     
Cost of Sales(280,793)(271,402)3%3%
     
Gross Profit$763,556$738,4233%3%
Gross Profit Margin73.1%73.1%  
     
Direct Expenses(248,175)(243,675)2%2%
Amortization of Intangibles(28,188)(26,916)5%6%
Restructuring Charges (see Note 6)(7,774)(5,911)  
Impairment Charges (see Note 7)-(9,917)  
     
Direct Contribution to Profit$479,419$452,0046%3%
Direct Contribution Margin45.9%44.8%  
     
Shared Services and Administrative Costs:    
Distribution and Operational Services(45,773)(45,699)
0%
0%
Technology and Content Management(101,922)(92,794)10%11%
Occupancy and Other(25,997)(25,666)1%2%
     
Contribution to Profit$305,727$287,8456%1%
Contribution Margin29.3%28.5%  
 
Fiscal Year 2011 Segment Results(a)  Adjusted to exclude the fiscal year 2014 and 2013 Restructuring Charges and the fiscal year 2013 Impairment Charges
Scientific, Technical, Medical and Scholarly (STMS):  
    % change
Dollars in thousands 2011 2010% changew/o FX (a)
     
Journal Subscriptions$621,551$621,2570%4%
Books175,611163,3498%8%
Other Publishing Income201,740202,077
0%
1%
Total Revenue$998,902$986,6831%4%
     
Gross Profit729,931716,4702%5%
Gross Profit Margin73.1%72.6%  
     
Direct Expenses & Amortization305,134311,229-2%5%
     
Direct Contribution to Profit$424,797$405,2415%5%
Direct Contribution Margin42.5%41.1%  
(a)    Adjusted to exclude a fiscal year 2010 impairment and restructuring charges of $15.1 million from direct expenses and direct contribution.

Revenue:
 
STMSResearch revenue for fiscal year 20112014 increased 1%3% to $998.9 million, or 4% excluding the unfavorable impact of foreign exchange. On a currency neutral basis, the growth was driven by higher journal subscription and book revenue, while other publishing income increased slightly from prior year.

Journal Subscriptions
Journal subscription revenue for fiscal year 2011 of $621.6 million was flat with the prior year, but increased 4% excluding the unfavorable impact of foreign exchange. On a currency neutral basis, the growth was driven by an increase in journal subscriptions ($18 million), new journal society business ($3 million) and the timing of journal publications ($3 million). As of April 30, 2011, receipts for calendar year 2011 journal subscriptions grew approximately 3% over calendar year 2010 with approximately 95% of expected calendar year 2011 subscription receipts received.

Books
Books revenue for fiscal year 2011 increased 8% to $175.6$1,044.3 million.  The growth was mainly reflects higher digital ($12 million)driven by Journal Subscriptions, Digital Books and print ($2 million) book sales. The increase in digital book revenue includes a $5 million online book license with a consortium in Saudi Arabia.
Other Publishing Income
Other publishing income for fiscal year 2011 of $201.7 million was flat with the prior year, but grew 1% excluding the unfavorable impact of foreign exchange as an increase in backfile revenue ($4 million) wasFunded Access fees, partially offset by a decline in Print Books. Journal Subscription revenue growth was driven by new society business ($10 million), new subscriptions ($9 million) and the timing of revenue associated with a pilot for a new subscription licensing model ($3 million). As noted in the prior fiscal year, a change in subscription licensing terms for a group of customers affected the timing of subscription revenue but had no impact on full calendar year revenue. As of April 30, 2014, calendar year 2014 journal reprintsubscription renewals were up approximately 2% over calendar year 2013 on a constant currency basis with 96% of targeted business closed for the 2014 calendar year.
The decline in Print Books ($14 million) was partially offset by growth in Digital Books ($10 million) reflecting customers’ preference for digital books. Funded Access revenue, which represents article publication fees from authors that provide immediate free access to the author’s article on the Company’s website, grew $11.5 million in fiscal year 2014.
43

Revenue by Region is as follows:
               % of           % change
           2014             2013               Revenue            w/o FX
Revenue by Region:    
Americas $408,001 $388,21739%5%
EMEA 578,099 557,28055%2%
Asia-Pacific 58,249 64,3286%-2%
Total Revenue $1,044,349 $1,009,825100%3%
Cost of Sales:
Cost of Sales for fiscal year 2014 increased 3% to $280.8 million mainly driven by higher royalties on new society business ($310 million) and higher Journal Subscription volume ($7 million), partially offset by lower cost digital products ($6 million) and cost savings initiatives ($4 million).
 
Gross Profit:
 
Gross profit marginProfit Margin for fiscal year 20112014 of 73.1% was 0.5% higher thanflat with the prior year.  The improvement was mainly drivenyear as higher margin digital revenue and cost savings initiatives were offset by lower journal production costs due to off-shoring and outsourcing.
34

higher royalty rates on new society journals (100 basis points).
 
Direct Expenses and Amortization:
 
Direct expenses and amortizationExpenses for fiscal year 2011 decreased2014 increased 2% to $305.1$248.2 million. On a currency neutral basisThe increase was driven by higher accrued incentive compensation ($5 million); and excluding the $15.1other employment costs ($4 million); higher editorial costs due to new society business ($2 million); partially offset by restructuring and other cost savings ($7 million). Functionally, Direct Expenses for fiscal year 2014 included editorial/composition (67%); marketing/sales (29%); and administrative and other (4%) costs, while fiscal year 2013 included editorial/composition (67%); marketing/sales (31%); and administrative and other (2%) costs.
Amortization of Intangibles increased $1.3 million asset impairment and restructuring charges recordedto $28.2 million in fiscal year 2010, direct expenses and amortization increased 5%.  The increase primarily reflects higher journal editorial costs2014 mainly due to support business growth ($9 million) and higher employment costs ($2 million).the acquisition of publication rights for new society journals.

Direct Contribution to Profit:
 
Direct contributionContribution to profit increased 5% to $424.8 million inProfit for fiscal year 2011,2014 increased 6% to $305.7 million, or 9%1% excluding the unfavorablefavorable impact of foreign exchange. Excluding foreign exchange, current and prior year Restructuring Charges and the prior year asset impairment and restructuring charges, direct contribution to profitImpairment Charges.  Contribution Margin increased 5%. Increased revenue and higher gross profit margins were partially offset by an increase in direct expenses as described above. Direct contribution margin improved 14080 basis points to 42.5% in fiscal year 2011,29.3%, or 4010 basis points on a currency neutral basis and excluding the prior year asset impairmentRestructuring and Impairment Charges. Revenue growth, restructuring charges principally due to improved gross profit margins.

Full Year Digital Revenue
·  Digital revenue was 59% of total STMS revenue
·  Digital journal revenue was 81% of total journal revenue, up from 79% a year earlier
·  Digital book revenue was up 74% and accounted for 16% of total book sales
Wiley Online Library
Wiley Online Library, one of the world’s broadestsavings and deepest multidisciplinary collection of online resources covering life, healthlower distribution costs were partially offset by higher Technology costs and physical sciences, social science and the humanities, was launched in August 2010.  Built on the new technology and designed with extensive input from scholars around the world, Wiley Online Library now provides access to over 5 million articles from 1,600 journals, 12,000 books, and hundreds of reference works, laboratory protocols and databases.  Key attributes:
·  New revenue opportunities, including new applications and business models, online advertising, deeper penetration into markets, enhanced discoverability, and individual sales/pay-per-view
·  An easy-to-use interface providing intuitive navigation and fast access to online content
·  Research tools to enable the discovery of available resources and help pinpoint information
·  Personalization options to keep up-to-date on the latest research with content alerts and RSS feeds and the ability to store key publications and articles for future reference
·  Customizable product home pages that allow journal and society communities to highlight key features and share news and information
·  
Access icons that identify the content available to customers through institutional licenses, society membership and author-funded Online Open publication, as well as freely available content
higher employment costs, including accrued incentive compensation.
 
Society Partnerships
·  377 new society journals were signed with combined annual revenue of approximately $9$11 million
·  10085 renewals/extensions were signed with approximately $56$40 million in combined annual revenue
·  411 journals were lost or not renewed in fiscal year 2011, totallingwith combined annual revenue of approximately $1$7 million in annual revenue.
 
Alliances
·  An agreement to co-publish a new book series on neuroendocrinology was signed with the International Neuroendocrine Federation
Impact Factors
 
In July 2013, Wiley announced a continued increase in the proportion of its journal titles indexed in the Thomson Reuters® 2012 Journal Citation Reports (JCR), with 1,192 (approximately 77%) titles now indexed, up from 1,156 in the 2011 JCR. Wiley titles now account for the largest share of indexed journals in 50 categories.  In addition, one-in-five Wiley journals is now ranked in the top 10 of their respective categories. The Thomson Reuters index is an important barometer of journal quality.
 
 
35

·  An agreement signed with GeneBio for us to distribute their SmileMS mass spectrometry software which is used to identify small molecules.
·  
A publishing agreement was signed for a joint venture with the Society of Chemical Industry (SCI) to launch a new electronic journal entitled Greenhouse Gases: Science and Technology.
·  A partnership with the Association of American Geographers to publish a definitive reference work for the discipline to be published online and in 15 print volumes.
·  
Wiley purchased the remaining 50% of the Journal for the Theory of Social Behaviour, which publishes original theoretical and methodological articles that examine the links between social structures and human agency embedded in behavioral practices.  The journal is accessible to readers worldwide in the fields of psychology, sociology and philosophy.
New Society Journals
·  
Eleven journals on behalf of the British Psychological Society (BPS). The BPS is the second largest psychological society in the world with approximately 50,000 members.
·  
Acta Obstetricia et Gynecologica, on behalf of the Nordisk Förening för Obstetrik och Gynekologi (NFOG), the Nordic Federation of Societies of Obstetrics and Gynaecology
·  
Journal of the European Economic Association, on behalf of the European Economic Association (EEA). The EEA is the third highest profile economic society in the world.
·  
Three journals (Journal of Wildlife Management, Wildlife Monographs and the forthcoming re-launch of the Wildlife Society Bulletin) on behalf of The Wildlife Society
·  
Journal of Midwifery and Women's Health with the American College of Nurse Midwives
·  
International Journal of Language and Communication Disorders on behalf of the Royal College of Speech and Language Therapists, providing Wiley with a strong foundation in the field, opening opportunities to add content and relationships
·  
International Forum of Allergy & Rhinology for the American Rhinologic Society and the American Academy of Otolaryngic Allergy
·  
Biotechnology and Applied Biochemistry on behalf of the International Union of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology
·  
European Management Review with the European Academy of Management
·  
Structural Concrete with the International Federation for Structural Concrete
·  The ten journals of the American Counseling Association. The ACA is the world’s leading association for professionals in Counseling.
·  
International Dental Journal, for the FDI World Dental Federation.
·  
Journal of Business Logistics, for the Council of Supply Chain Management Professionals (CSCMP).
·  
International Journal of Paediatric Obesity, for the International Association for the Study of Obesity.
·  
Journal of Creative Behavior, for the Creative Education Foundation (CEF.  Founded in 1954, the CEF is recognized as the world leader in Applied Imagination
·  
Asia Pacific Journal of Human Resources, for the Australian Human Resources Institute (AHRI).  APJHR is the leading journal for HR professionals in Australia.
Journal Quality and Impact Factors
Wiley announced that two thirds of its journals (68.8% and 1,013 titles) have an Impact Factor according to the revised Thomson ISI® 2009 Journal Citation Reports (JCR) released in September 2010. Impact Factor is a leading evaluator of journal influence and impact, as it reflects the frequency that peer-reviewed journals are cited by researchers. Nearly a quarter of Wiley’s ranked journals are in the top ten of their subject category (238 titles) while two thirds are in the top half of their category. Wiley has 37 number 1 rankings. These titles represent the highest proportion of listed journals receiving the top rank of all the major journals publishers (those publishing 100 or more titles listed in the JCR).
36

Professional/Trade (P/T):  
    % change
Dollars in thousands 2011 2010% changew/o FX (a)
     
Books$387,228$379,9342%2%
Other Publishing Income49,86050,0540%0%
Total Revenue$437,088$429,9882%1%
     
Gross Profit269,112263,5522%2%
Gross Profit Margin61.6%61.3%  
     
Direct Expenses & Amortization173,616163,3566%1%
     
Direct Contribution to Profit$95,496$100,196-5%5%
Direct Contribution Margin21.8%23.3%  
(a)  Adjusted to exclude fiscal year 2011 bad debt provision of $9.3 million related to Borders from direct expenses and direct contribution.

Revenue:
P/T revenue for fiscal year 2011 increased 2% to $437.0 million, or 1% excluding the favorable impact of foreign exchange. Book revenue increased 2% to $387.2 million, while other publishing income of $49.9 million was flat with the prior year. The book revenue growth was driven by higher business/finance ($13 million) and professional education ($4 million) sales, partially offset by a decline in consumer sales ($9 million) mainly due to the Borders disruption.  Other publishing income, which includes the sale of publishing rights, advertising income, subscription journals and online services, was flat to prior year.
Total P/T Revenue by Category (on a currency neutral basis)
·  Business grew 10%, reflecting growth in digital sales
·  Consumer fell 6% due in large part to the Borders disruption
·  Technology, which maintained its #1 market position, was flat with the prior year
·  Professional Education grew 16% to $8 million, fueled by Doug Lemov’s best seller Teach like a Champion
·  Architecture, yet to rebound from the recession, was down 3%
·  Psychology was up 2%

Gross Profit:
Gross profit margin for fiscal year 2011 of 61.6% was 0.3% higher than the prior year. The improvement was driven by lower inventory obsolescence provisions reflecting improved inventory management and higher eBook sales.
Direct Expenses and Amortization:
Direct expenses and amortization for fiscal year 2011 increased 6% to $173.6 million, or 1% excluding the $9.3 million Borders bad debt provision and foreign exchange.
37

Direct Contribution to Profit:
Direct contribution to profit for fiscal year 2011 decreased 5% to $95.5 million, or 7% excluding unfavorable foreign exchange. Excluding the $9.3 million Borders bad debt provision and foreign exchange, direct contribution to profit increased 5%. The improvement reflects the top-line results and higher gross profit margins. Direct contribution margin declined 150 basis points to 21.8% due to the Borders bad debt provision, partially offset by higher gross profit margins from increased digital revenue.
Digital Revenue
·  Digital revenue for fiscal year 2011 was 10% of total P/T revenue, up from 7% in the prior year.  Digital revenue includes ebooks, online advertising, and content licensing.
·  eBook sales reached $23 million for fiscal year 2011, or 5% of total P/T revenue.
Alliances
·  A partnership with RSMeans, a division of Reed Construction Group, to become their exclusive publisher and distributor of professional reference titles. In addition to managing their current reference collection, Wiley and RSMeans will launch a branded series of new reference titles over the next several years, primarily targeting the commercial and residential construction markets, in both print and digital formats.
·  A partnership with the Tax institute at H&R Block to create exam prep product for the new Tax Preparer certification from the IRS. The program will have books/eBooks and online test bank – eventually adding a continuing professional education component.
·  A partnership with the AARP to become its exclusive book publisher. The agreement will include cobranded publishing across a variety of categories, including health, personal finance, cooking, travel, and technology.  The AARP has nearly 40 million members and a target audience of adults aged 50+.
·  A partnership with Element K (acquired by Skillsoft Corporation in fiscal year 2012), a learning solutions and online training company in the field of IT, to produce For Dummies “E-Learning” courses. The first product launched in fiscal year 2012.
Notable New Books
Business
·  
Little Book of Alternative Investments by Ben Stein 
·  
What Makes Business Rock, by former MTV Networks CEO Bill Roedy  
·  
Endgame by John Mauldin
·  
Debunkery by Ken Fisher
·  
The Truth About Leadership by Jim Kouzes and Barry Posner
·  
Business Model Generation: A Handbook for Visionaries, Game-Changers and Challengers by Alexander Osterwalder 
Professional Education
·  
Falling Upward: A Spirituality for the Two Halves of Life by Richard Rohr 
Consumer
·  
Betty Crocker Big Book of Cupcakes 
·  
Unofficial Guide to Walt Disney World Ebook 
·  
Frommers Day by Day guides for Greece, Germany, California and Alaska 
·  
Facebook For Dummies, 3e, Book + DVD Bundle by Leah Pearlman and Carolyn Abram 
·  
Better Homes & Gardens New Cook Book 15th Edition  (Consumer - Cooking)
·  
Avec Eric by Eric Ripert
·  
ASVAB For Dummies, 3e and ASVAB For Dummies, Premier Edition by Rod Powers 
38

Technology
·  
iPad For Dummies, 2nd Edition by Ed Baig and Bob Levitus
·  
CCNA: Cisco Certified Network Associate Study Guide by Todd Lammle 
·  
Microsoft Data Warehouse Toolkit, 2E by Joy Mundy, Warren Thornthwaite, with Ralph Kimball 
·  
Digital SLR Photography All-in-One by David D. Busch 
·  
iPad All-in-One For Dummies by Nancy Muir  
Psychology
·  
Disorders of Personality by Theodore Millon 
·  Handbook of Social Psychology eMRW  
Architecture
·  
A Global History of Architecture, 2 e by Frank Ching 

Global Education (GEd):  
    % change
Dollars in thousands 2011 2010% changew/o FX
     
Print Books$211,611$205,3263%1%
Non-Traditional & Digital Content83,78966,57426%26%
Other Publishing Income11,16110,4916%3%
Total Revenue$306,561$282,3919%7%
     
Gross Profit204,465185,03911%9%
Gross Profit Margin66.7%65.5%  
     
Direct Expenses & Amortization103,42198,8275%3%
     
Direct Contribution to Profit$101,044$86,21217%15%
Direct Contribution Margin33.0%30.5%  
Revenue
GEd revenue for fiscal year 2011 increased 9% to $306.6 million, or 7% excluding the favorable impact of foreign exchange. The improvement was driven by strong growth in Non-Traditional and Digital Content and Print Book revenue.
Print Books
Print book revenue for fiscal year 2011 increased 3% to $211.6 million, or 1% excluding the favorable impact of foreign exchange. The improvement was driven by increased student enrollment, a strong front list in the engineering/computer science and science categories and increased sales of Windows 7 server titles.
Non-Traditional & Digital Content
Non-traditional & digital content revenue, which includes WileyPLUS, eBooks, digital content sold directly to institutions, binder editions and custom publishing, increased 26% to $83.8 million.  The growth was driven by digital book sales ($6 million), custom publishing ($4 million), WileyPLUS ($3 million) and increased sales of other non-traditional content ($3 million). WileyPLUS revenue increased 11% to approximately $33 million. Revenue from non-traditional and digital content represents approximately 27% of total GEd revenue, as compared to 24% in the prior year.
3944

 
 
Other Publishing Income
Other publishing income for fiscal year 2011 increased 6% to $11.2 million, or 3% excluding the favorable impact of foreign exchange mainly due to higher revenue from the sale of translation rights.
Total GEd Revenue by Region (on a currency neutral basis)Key Developments
·  
Americas grew 8%Wiley and Information Handling Services Inc. (NYSE: IHS), a global informatics company, announced a licensing agreement in August 2013. Under the agreement, IHS will add Wiley digital books, databases and major reference works to $216.2 million
IHS’s collection of technical documents spanning engineering standards and related industry and technical knowledge.
·  
EMEA grew 7%In January 2014, Wiley announced a collaboration with the technology company Knode Inc. (“Knode”) to $24.6provide customized portals to learned societies and other academic organizations worldwide.  Wiley’s cloud-based portal is populated with more than 20 million documents and millions of expert profiles. Researchers are using Knode to find experts, identify and connect with collaborators, and promote their expertise to the world. For society executives and institutional research managers, custom analytics provide aggregated views of research expertise and output.
              % change
PROFFESIONAL DEVELOPMENT (PD):              2014              2013            % change             w/o FX (a)
     
Revenue:    
Knowledge Services:    
Print Books $231,984$260,030-11%-10%
Digital Books 53,76445,69018%18%
Online Test Preparation and Certification 15,1927,76596%96%
Other 29,88231,282-4%-3%
 330,822344,767-4%-4%
     
Talent Solutions:    
Assessment33,04726,17326%26%
Online Learning and Training----
 33,04726,17326%26%
     
Divested Consumer Publishing Programs-45,555-100%-100%
     
Total Revenue $363,869$416,495-13%-12%
     
Cost of Sales(111,911)(151,239)-26%-26%
     
Gross Profit$251,958$265,256-5%-5%
Gross Profit Margin69.2%63.7%  
     
Direct Expenses(104,157)(117,831)-12%-12%
Amortization of Intangibles(6,965)(8,092)-14%-14%
Restructuring Charges (see Note 6)(11,860)(7,537)  
Impairment Charges (see Note 7)-(15,521)  
Gain on Sale of Consumer Publishing Programs (see Note 8)-5,983  
Direct Contribution to Profit$128,976$122,2585%2%
Direct Contribution Margin35.4%29.4%  
     
Shared Services and Administrative Costs:    
Distribution and Operational Services(37,673)(40,625)-7%-8%
Technology and Content Management(50,374)(55,505)-9%-9%
Occupancy and Other(18,762)(17,473)7%7%
     
Contribution to Profit$22,167$8,655156%38%
Contribution Margin6.1%2.1%  

(a)  Adjusted to exclude the fiscal year 2014 and 2013 Restructuring Charges and the fiscal year 2013 Impairment Charges and Net Gain on Sale of the Consumer Publishing Programs
45

Revenue:
PD revenue for fiscal year 2014 decreased 13% to $363.9 million, or 12% excluding the unfavorable impact of foreign exchange.  The decline was driven by the divestment of the consumer publishing programs in fiscal year 2013 ($46 million) and declines in Print Book revenue ($28 million), partially offset by growth in Online Test Preparation and Certification ($7 million), Assessments ($7 million) and Digital Books ($8 million). Excluding divested consumer title revenue, Print book revenue of $232.0 million decreased 11% in fiscal year 2014 reflecting lower demand for technology titles due to weak consumer acceptance of recent software releases and the planned reduction of certain non-divested consumer titles. Online Test Preparation and Certification revenue growth reflects incremental revenue from the acquisition of ELS ($4 million) and growth in other Online Training and Assessment products. Assessment revenue growth reflects higher revenue from Inscape ($3 million) and incremental revenue from the Profiles acquisition ($2 million).
Revenue by Region is as follows:
               % of          % change
           2014             2013               Revenue          w/o FX
Revenue by Region:    
Americas $285,376 $328,59378%-13%
EMEA 54,240 57,24315%-7%
Asia-Pacific 24,253 30,6597%-16%
Total Revenue $363,869 $416,495100%-12%

Cost of Sales:
Cost of Sales for fiscal year 2014 decreased 26% to $111.9 million.  The decline was driven by the divested consumer publishing programs ($30 million), lower cost digital products ($6 million) and lower print book sales volume in the continuing business ($4 million), partially offset by incremental costs associated with the ELS acquisition ($1 million).
Gross Profit:
Gross Profit Margin increased from 63.7% to 69.2% in fiscal year 2014.  The improvement was mainly driven by the divestment of the low margin consumer publishing programs (360 basis points), higher margin revenue from the ELS and Profiles acquisitions (20 basis points) and higher margin digital products and cost reduction initiatives.
Direct Expenses and Amortization:
Direct expenses for fiscal year 2014 declined 12% to $104.2 million. The decrease was driven by restructuring and other cost savings ($16 million) and the divestment of the consumer publishing programs ($15 million), partially offset by incremental costs from the ELS and Profiles acquisitions ($5 million), employment costs ($3 million), business transformation consulting costs ($2 million) and higher other costs, mainly promotion costs for digital products ($2 million). Functionally, Direct Expenses for fiscal year 2014 included editorial/composition (50%); marketing/sales (43%); and administrative and other (7%) costs, while fiscal year 2013 included editorial/composition (52%); marketing/sales (41%); and administrative and other (7%) costs.
Amortization of intangibles decreased $1.1 million to $7.0 million in fiscal year 2014 principally due to intangible assets that have become fully amortized.
46

Contribution to Profit:
Contribution to Profit increased from $8.7 million to $22.2 million in fiscal year 2014.  Contribution Margin increased from 2.1% to 6.1% in fiscal year 2014.  Excluding the current and prior year Restructuring Charges, the prior year Impairment Charge and the Net Gain on Sale of the Consumer Publishing Programs, Contribution Margin increased 320 basis points mainly due to online training and assessment growth; digital margin improvement; partially offset by higher employment and technology costs.
Acquisitions
·  On January 13, 2014, the Company acquired the assets of Elan Guides, an early-stage Chartered Financial Analyst (“CFA”) test preparation company.  Elan’s CFA materials will be incorporated into Wiley’s CPA Excel test preparation platform.  Terms were not disclosed.
·  
Asia-Pacific grew 1%On April 1, 2014, the Company acquired Profiles International (“Profiles”) for approximately $48 million in cash, net of cash acquired. Profiles provides pre-employment assessment and selection tools that enable employers to $65.8optimize candidate selections and develop the full potential of their employees. Solutions include pre-hire assessments, including those designed to measure and match personality, knowledge, skills, managerial fit, loyalty, and values; and post-hire assessments, focused on measuring sales and managerial effectiveness, employee performance and career potential. Founded in 1991 and based in Waco, Texas, Profiles serves approximately 4,000 corporate clients and millions of end users in over 120 countries, with assessments available in 32 languages. Profiles reported approximately $27 million
of revenue and approximately $5 million of operating income in its fiscal year ended December 31, 2013.  Profiles contributed $1.9 million to the Company’s revenue for fiscal year 2014.
 
Total GEd Revenue by Subject (on a currency neutral basis)
·  
Engineering and Computer Science: revenue increased 21%.  Textbooks driving growth include Callister: Materials Science 8e, Rainer: Introduction to Information Systems 3e, Moran: Thermodynamics 7e, Montgomery: Applied Statistics 5e, and Horstmann: Big Java 4e and Java for Everyone 1e.
47
·  
Science: revenue grew 14%.  Textbooks driving growth included Halliday: Physics 9e, Solomons: Organic Chemistry 10e, Grosvenor: Visualizing Nutrition 1e and Hein: Chemistry 13e.
·  
Business and Accounting: revenue was flat with the prior year
·  
Social Science and Culinary: revenue increased 1% from prior year

·  
Mathematics: increased 5% over prior year
·  
Microsoft Official Academic Course: revenue grew 6%, reflecting growth in the Windows Server books.
             % change
EDUCATION:              2014              2013           % change           w/o FX (a)
     
Revenue:    
Books:    
Print Textbooks$163,152$184,078-11%-8%
Digital Books30,13725,37319%21%
 193,289209,451-8%-5%
     
Custom Products43,55639,36911%11%
     
Course Workflow Solutions (WileyPLUS)49,45941,00721%22%
     
Education Services (Deltak)70,17933,744108%108%
     
Other Education Revenue10,49410,887-4%-1%
     
Total Revenue$366,977$334,45810%12%
     
Cost of Sales(114,174)(109,588)4%6%
     
Gross Profit$252,803$224,87012%15%
Gross Profit Margin68.9%67.2%  
     
Direct Expenses(120,407)(101,363)19%17%
Amortization of Intangibles(9,527)(6,975)37%37%
Restructuring Charges (see Note 6)(891)(1,288)  
     
Direct Contribution to Profit$121,978$115,2446%11%
Direct Contribution Margin33.2%34.5%  
     
Shared Services and Administrative Costs:    
Distribution and Operational Services(15,685)(15,068)4%2%
Technology and Content Management(46,787)(39,735)18%16%
Occupancy and Other(11,719)(8,471)38%36%
     
Contribution to Profit$47,787$51,970-8%5%
Contribution Margin13.0%15.5%  
 
Gross Profit(a)  Adjusted to exclude the fiscal year 2014 and 2013 Restructuring Charges
 
Gross profit marginRevenue:
Education revenue for fiscal year 20112014 increased 10% to $367.0 million, or 12% excluding the unfavorable impact of 66.7% was 120 basis points higher than prior year.foreign exchange.  The improvementgrowth was driven by increased sales$36 million of incremental revenue from Education Services (Deltak) ($31 million due to acquisition), higher revenue from Course Workflow Solutions (WileyPLUS) ($9 million), Custom Products ($4 million) and Digital Books ($5 million), partially offset by a decline in Print Textbooks ($15 million).  The decline in Print Textbooks reflects student preference for digital products, (90 basis points) and lower inventory obsolescence provisions (30 basis points).including WileyPLUS.
 
Direct Expenses and AmortizationEducation Services (Deltak):
 
Direct expensesEducation Services (Deltak) accounted for 19% of total Education revenue in fiscal year 2014 compared to 10% in the prior year.  As of April 30, 2014, Deltak had 37 institutions under contract, 122 programs generating revenue and amortization52 programs under contract and in development but not yet generating revenue. As of April 30, 2013, Deltak had 31 institutions under contract, 100 programs generating revenue and 46 in development but not yet generating revenue.

48

Revenue by Region is as follows:
                % of        % change
            2014             2013               Revenue          w/o FX
Revenue by Region:    
Americas $288,329 $250,59879%15%
EMEA 19,334 19,3885%-1%
Asia-Pacific 59,314 64,47216%1%
Total Revenue $366,977 $334,458100%12%
Cost of Sales
Cost of Sales for fiscal year 20112014 increased 5%4% to $103.4$114.2 million, or 3%6% excluding the unfavorablefavorable impact of foreign exchange.  The increase was mainly driven by higher employmentincremental costs from the Deltak acquisition ($47 million), partially offset by restructuring savings ($1 million).
 
Direct ContributionGross Profit:
Gross Profit Margin for fiscal year 2014 improved 170 basis points to Profit68.9% principally due to the Deltak acquisition (130 basis points) and higher margin digital products (40 basis points).
 
Direct contributionExpenses and Amortization:
Direct Expenses increased 19% to profit for$120.4 million in fiscal year 2011 increased2014, or 17% to $101.0 million, or 15% excluding the favorable impact of foreign exchange. The growthincrease was driven bydue to incremental costs from the top-line resultsDeltak acquisition ($20 million), increased Deltak costs to support new online course and curriculum development and programs ($6 million) and higher gross profit margins,accrued incentive compensation ($4 million), partially offset by an increaserestructuring and other cost savings ($8 million). Functionally, Direct Expenses for fiscal year 2014 included marketing/sales (67%); editorial/composition (24%); and administrative and other (9%) costs, while fiscal year 2013 included marketing/sales (59%); editorial/composition (30%); and administrative and other (11%) costs.
Amortization of Intangibles increased $2.6 million to $9.5 million in direct expenses as described above. Direct contribution margin improvedfiscal year 2014 primarily due to acquired intangible assets associated with Deltak.
Contribution to Profit:
Contribution to Profit for fiscal year 2014 decreased 8% to $47.8 million, but increased 5% excluding  the unfavorable impact of foreign exchange and the current and prior year Restructuring Charges.  Contribution Margin decreased 250 basis points to 33.0%, principally13.0% mainly due to improved gross profit margins onDeltak’s continued investment in new university programs that are not yet generating revenue (260 basis points), higher accrued incentive compensation and higher Technology costs, partially offset by restructuring and other cost savings and higher margin digital revenue.
 
Digital Products
·  Digital revenue accounted for 16% of Global Education business, up from 13% in fiscal year 2010.
·  
Fiscal year 2011 revenue of WileyPLUS grew 12% to $33 million, accounting for 11% of total Global Education revenue. WileyPLUS is an online teaching and learning environment that integrates the entire digital textbook with the most effective instructor and student resources to fit every learning style.
·  
WileyPLUS digital-only revenue (not packaged with a print textbook) grew 18% to $13 million for the 2011 fiscal year, and represented approximately 40% of total WileyPLUS revenue.
·  
In the U.S., student validation rates for WileyPLUS increased to 78% from approximately 73% in fiscal year 2010.
·  eBook revenue grew to $13 million in fiscal year 2011.
SHARED SERVICES AND ADMINISTRATIVE COSTS:
 
The following table reflects total shared services and administrative costs by function, which are included in the Operating and Administrative Expenses line item in the Consolidated Statements of Income.  A portion of these costs are allocated to each segment above based on allocation methodologies described in Note 20.
 
 
4049

 
 
Shared Services and Administrative Costs
          % Change
Dollars in thousands                   2014                 2013       % Change       w/o FX (a)
     
Distribution and Operation Services$99,433$103,831-4%-5%
Technology and Content Management241,329225,2247%7%
Finance54,46849,02911%11%
Other Administration101,48792,19810%10%
Restructuring Charges (see Note 6)22,19714,557  
Impairment Charges (see Note 7)4,7865,241  
Total$523,700$490,0807%4%
 
(a) Adjusted to exclude the fiscal year 2014 and 2013 Restructuring and Impairment Charges
Shared services and administrative costs for fiscal year 20112014 increased 7% to $373.2$523.7 million, including andor 4% excluding the favorable impact of foreign exchange. The increase was driven primarily by higher Technologyexchange and the Restructuring and Impairment Charges. Shared Service and Administration Costs in the current year reflected the effect of the restructuring program and other cost savings ($14 million). Distribution and Operation Services costs ($23 million) reflecting ongoing investments in digital products and infrastructure, such as WileyPLUS, eBooks, customer data/relationship management initiatives, and Wiley Online Library; Distribution costsdecreased due to higher warehouse facilitylower print volume ($4 million) and employmentlower warehouse costs ($2 million), partially offset by lower costs due to off-shoring ($3 million); In addition, Finance and Other Administrative costs reflect lower employment costs mainly due to lower accrued incentive compensation ($5 million) partially offset by transformation consulting costs ($3 million). Technology and Content Management costs increased legaldue to higher spending on project management, consulting, software development and licensing and maintenance including incremental costs from the Deltak acquisition ($3 million). Finance costs increased due to higher accrued incentive compensation. Other Administration costs increased mainly due to higher employment costs ($5 million), a lower property tax incentive ($3 million), incremental costs from the Deltak acquisition ($1 million) and higher professional fees ($21 million).
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources – Fiscal year 2011LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES:
 
The Company’s cashCash and cash equivalentsCash Equivalents balance was $201.9$486.4 million at the end of fiscal year 2011,2014, compared with $153.5$334.1 million a year earlier. Cash providedProvided by operating activitiesOperating Activities in fiscal year 20112014 increased $60.6$11.2 million to $375.6$348.2 million due primarily to higher net income ($28 million), lower pension contributions ($23 million), and lower changes in operating assets and liabilities ($16 million), partially offset by other ($6 million). Pension contributions in fiscal year 2011 were $24.8 million compared to $48.1 in the prior year, of which none were discretionary in fiscal year 2011, while $31.0 million were discretionary with respect to timing in the prior year.
Changes in operating assets and liabilities were principally due to lower income tax deposits paid to German tax authorities ($30 million) as discussed in Note 13 and the timing of vendor payments ($28 million), higher earned royalty advances ($12 million) higher Deferred Revenue ($1013 million), partially offset by higher incentive compensationpayments related to the Company’s restructuring programs ($22 million), higher income tax payments ($178 million). and other, mainly timing. The increase incomparison to prior year Deferred Revenue mainly reflects journal subscription growth and the timingacceleration of subscription cash collections.collections in the prior year. An income tax deposit of $42.1 million for disputed taxes in Germany was paid in the prior year period, whereas $12.0 million was paid in the current period. The Company has made all required income tax payments to date.
 
Cash used for investing activitiesInvesting Activities for fiscal year 20112014 was approximately $113.0$149.3 million compared to $106.1$342.5 million in fiscal year 2010. The2013.  In fiscal year 2014, the Company invested $7.1$54.5 million in acquisitions, compared to $263.3 million in the prior year.  Fiscal year 2014 includes the acquisition of Profiles ($48 million), while fiscal year 2013 includes the Deltak ($220 million) and ELS ($24 million) acquisitions. During fiscal year 2013, the Company received proceeds of $29.9 million from selling certain consumer publishing businesses, assets comprised primarily of the travel program for $22 million, and rightsthe Culinary, CliffsNotes and Webster’s New World consumer publishing programs for $11 million, of which $3.3 million and $1.1 million were held in escrow, respectively. During fiscal year 2014, the Company received $3.3 million of the escrow proceeds, with the remaining $1.1 million collected in May 2014.
Composition spending was $40.6 million in fiscal year 2014 compared to $6.4$50.4 million in fiscal year 2013.  The decrease reflects reduced spending in all three businesses and was driven by a reduction in title count and the one-time development of certain digital Research products in the prior year.  Cash used for technology, property and equipment and technology and product development increased $6.2decreased to $57.6 million in fiscal year 2011 versus the prior year2014 mainly reflecting increaseddue to lower spending on leasehold improvements and fixtures related to newly leased facilities. furniture and equipment.
50

 
Cash used in financing activitiesfor Financing Activities was $230.0$53.5 million in fiscal year 2011,2014, as compared to $156.4cash provided of $90.4 million in fiscal year 2010. In2013. The Company’s net debt (debt less cash and cash equivalents) decreased $125.1 million from the prior year. During fiscal 2011,year 2014, net debt borrowings were $27.1 million compared to $198.0 million in fiscal year 2013. The net borrowings in fiscal year 2014 included funds borrowed to finance the Profiles acquisition, while fiscal year 2013 included funds borrowed to finance the Deltak and ELS acquisitions.  These acquisitions were funded through the use of the existing credit facility and available cash and did not have an impact on the Company’s ability to meet other operating, investing and financing needs. The total notional amount of the interest rate swap agreements associated with the Company’s revolving credit facility was used primarily to repay debt, pay dividends to shareholder and to repurchase treasury shares. $300 million as of April 30, 2014.
In fiscal year 2011,2014, the Company repurchased 577,4051,248,030 shares of common stock at an average price of $50.79 compared to 1,846,873 shares at an average price of $48.42.$39.92 in fiscal year 2013.  In fiscal 2010,year 2014, the Company did not repurchase any treasury shares in the prior period.  The Company increased its quarterly dividend to shareholders by 14.3%4% to $0.16$0.25 per share in fiscal year 2011 from $0.14versus $0.24 per share in the prior year. ProceedsHigher proceeds from the exercise of stock options reflects a higher volume of stock option exercises decreased $4.9 million to $27.8 million in fiscal 2011.
The aggregate notional amount of interest rate swap agreements associated withyear 2014 compared to the Term Loan and Revolving Credit Facility were $125.0 million as of April 30, 2011.  It is management's intention that the notional amount of the interest rate swap be less than the Term Loan and Revolving Credit Facility outstanding during the life of the derivative.
41

prior year.
 
The Company’s operating cash flow is affected by the seasonality and timing of receipts from its STMSResearch journal subscriptions and its Global Education business. Cash receipts for calendar year STMSResearch subscription journals occur primarily from NovemberDecember through March.April.  Reference is made to the Customer Credit Risk section, which follows, for a description of the impact on the Company as it relates to independent journal agents’ financial position and liquidity. Sales primarily in the U.S. higher education market tend to be concentrated in June through August, and again in November through January. Due to this seasonality, the Company normally requires increased funds for working capital from May through September.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents held outside the U.S. were approximately $192.1$474.4 million as of April 30, 2011.2014, a portion of which was used to acquire CrossKnowledge on May 1, 2014 (see Note 21). The balances were comprised primarily of Euros, Pound Sterling, Euros, and Australian dollars. Maintenance of these non-U.S. dollar cash and cash equivalent balances outside the U.S. does not have a material impact on the liquidity or capital resources of the Company’s global, including U.S., operations. Cash and cash equivalent balances outside the U.S. operations.may be subject to U.S. taxation, if repatriated. The Company intends to reinvest cash outside the U.S. except in instances where repatriating such earnings would result in no additional income tax.  Accordingly, the Company has not accrued for U.S. income tax on the repatriation of non-U.S. earnings.  It is not practical to determine the U.S. income tax liability that would be payable if such cash and cash equivalents were not indefinitely reinvested.
 
On April 4, 2014 the Company increased its credit limit under the Revolving Credit Facility from $825 million to $940 million which matures on November 2, 2016.  As of April 30, 2011,2014, the Company had approximately $454.0$700 million of debt outstanding and approximately $697.4$253 million of unused borrowing capacity under theits Revolving Credit Facility which is described in Note 12.and other facilities.  The Term Loan matures on February 2, 2013 and the Revolver will terminate on February 2, 2012. We believeCompany believes that ourits operating cash flow, together with ourits revolving credit facilities and other available debt financing, will be adequate to meet ourits operating, investing and financing needs in the foreseeable future, although there can be no assurance that continued or increased volatility in the global capital and credit markets will not impair ourits ability to access these markets on terms commercially acceptable to us or at all.
The Company has adequate cash and cash equivalents available, as well as short-term lines of credit to finance its short-term seasonal working capital requirements.acceptable.  The Company does not have any off-balance-sheet debt.
 
Working
51

The Company’s working capital at April 30, 2011 wascan be negative $228.9 million.due to the seasonality of its businesses. The primary driver of the negative working capital is unearned deferred revenue related to subscriptions for which cash has been collected in advance. Cash received in advance for subscriptions is used by the Company to fundfor a number of purposes including acquisitions; pay debt; funddebt repayments; funding operations; purchasedividend payments; and purchasing treasury share and pay dividends. Deferredshares. The deferred revenue will be recognized intoin income as the products are shipped or made available online to the customers over the term of the subscription. Current liabilities as of April 30, 20112014 include $321.4$385.7 million of such deferred subscription revenue for which cash was collected in advance. Total Company cash on-hand in working capital at April 30, 2011 was $201.9 million.
 
Critical Accounting Policies and EstimatesCRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES:
 
The preparation of the Company’s financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements, and reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Management continually evaluates the basis for its estimates. Actual results could differ from those estimates, which could affect the reported results. Note 2 of the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” includes a summary of the significant accounting policies and methods used in preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements. Set forth below is a discussion of the Company’s more critical accounting policies and methods.
 
Revenue Recognition: The Company recognizes revenue when the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists; delivery has occurred or services have been rendered; the price to the customer is fixed or determinable; and collectability is reasonably assured.  If all of the above criteria have been met, revenue is recognized upon shipment of products or when services have been rendered. Subscription revenue isRevenue related to journal subscriptions and other products and services that are generally collected in advance. The prepayment isadvance are deferred and recognized as earned primarily when the related issue is shipped, or made available online overor the term of the subscription.service is rendered. Collectability is evaluated based on the amount involved, the credit history of the customer, and the status of the customer’s account with the Company.
 
42

The Company offers an alternative digital journal subscription license model to subscribers in certain markets.  Under this alternative model, the Company provides access to all journal content published within a calendar year. Under the Company’s previous licensing model, a customer subscribed to a discrete number of online journal issues and revenue was recognized as each issue was made available online. Based on the success of the program to date, the Company will expand its alternative model offering in calendar year 2016. The new time-based model will result in substantially all digital journal subscription revenue recognized on a straight-line basis over the calendar year.
 
When a product is sold with multiple deliverables, the Company accounts for each deliverable within the arrangement as a separate unit of accounting due to the fact that each deliverable is also sold on a stand-alone basis. The total consideration of a multiple-element arrangement is allocated to each unit of accounting based on the price charged by the Company when it is sold separately. The Company’s multiple deliverable arrangements principally include WileyPLUS,, the online teaching and learning environmentcourse management tool for the Company’s Global Education business which also includes a complete print or digital textbook for the course, as well ascourse; negotiated licenses for bundles of electronicdigital content available on Wiley Online Library,, the online publishing platform for the Company’s STMS business.Research business; and test preparation, assessment, certification and training services sold by the Professional Development business which can include bundles of print and digital content and online workflow solutions.
 
WhenThe Company enters into contracts for the Company’s electronicresale of its content is sold through a third party where the Company is generally not the primary obligor withinof the arrangement sincebecause it typically is not responsible for fulfilling the customer’s order ororder;  handling any customer requests or claims. Accordingly, theclaims and/or maintains credit risk. The Company will recognizerecognizes revenue for the sale of its electronic content, through third parties based on the amount billed to the end customer, net of any commission owed to the third party seller of the content.  Revenue is also reported net of any amounts billed to customers foror taxes which are remitted to government authorities.
52

 
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts: The estimated allowance for doubtful accounts is based on a review of the aging of the accounts receivable balances, historical write-off experience, credit evaluations of customers and current market conditions. A change in the evaluation of a customer’s credit could affect the estimated allowance. The allowance for doubtful accounts is shown as a reduction of Accounts Receivable in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position and amounted to $6.9$8.3 million and $19.6$7.9 million as of April 30, 20122015 and 2011,2014, respectively. The decrease was primarily due to the write-off of Borders which was provided for in fiscal year 2011 as disclosed in Note 9 of the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Sales Return Reserve:  The estimated allowance for sales returns is based on a review of the historical return patterns, as well as current market trends in the businesses in which we operate. Associated with the estimated sales return reserves, the Company also includes a related reduction in inventory and royalty costs as a result of the expected returns.
 
Net print book sales return reserves amounted to $35.8$25.3 million and $48.9$28.6 million as of April 30, 20122015 and 2011,2014, respectively. The reserves are reflected in the following accounts of the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position – increase (decrease):
 
        2012           2011              2015                2014 
Accounts Receivable$(48,612) $(65,664)$(37,300)$(41,102) 
Inventory7,246 9,485
Inventories6,5556,774 
Accounts and Royalties Payable(5,593) (7,270)(5,405)(5,695) 
Decrease in Net Assets$(35,773) $(48,909)$(25,340)$(28,633) 
 
The decrease in the sales return reserve was principally driven by the Company’s ongoing migration to eBooks and improved ordering patterns and inventory management by the Company’s customers. A one percent change in the estimated sales return rate could affect net income by approximately $3.4$2.4 million. A change in the pattern or trends in returns could affect the estimated allowance.
 
Reserve for Inventory Obsolescence: Inventories are carried at the lower of cost or market. A reserve for inventory obsolescence is estimated based on a review of damaged, obsolete, or otherwise unsalable inventory. The review encompasses historical unit sales trends by title; current market conditions, including estimates of customer demand compared to the number of units currently on hand; and publication revision cycles. A change in sales trends could affect the estimated reserve. The inventory obsolescence reserve is reported as a reduction of the InventoryInventories balance in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position and amounted to $33.9$21.9 million and $36.9$25.1 million as of April 30, 20122015 and 2011,2014, respectively.
43

 
Allocation of Acquisition Purchase Price to Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed: In connection with acquisitions, the Company allocates the cost of the acquisition to the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed based on the estimates of fair value for such items, including goodwill, other intangible assets and technology acquired. Such estimates include expecteddiscounted estimated cash flows to be generated by those assets and the expected useful lives based on historical experience, current market trends, and synergies to be achieved from the acquisition and expected tax basis of assets acquired. For significant acquisitions, theThe Company uses independent appraisersmay use a third party valuation consultant to assist in the determination of such estimates.
 
Goodwill and Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets: Goodwill is the excess of the purchase price paid over the fair value of the net assets of the business acquired.  IntangibleIndefinite-lived intangible assets principallyprimarily consist of brands, trademarks, content and publicationpublishing rights customer relationships and non-compete agreements.are typically characterized by intellectual property with a long and well-established revenue stream resulting from strong and well-established imprint/brand recognition in the market. Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized but are reviewed annually for impairment, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate the asset might be impaired. The Company evaluates the recoverability of indefinite-lived intangible assets by comparing the fair valuesvalue of the Company’sintangible asset to its carrying value.
53

To evaluate the recoverability of goodwill, the Company primarily uses a two-step impairment test approach at the reporting unitsunit level. In the first step, the estimated fair value of the entire reporting unit is compared to its carrying value including goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying value, a second step is performed to determine the charge for goodwill impairment. In the second step, the Company determines an implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill by determining the fair value of the individual assets and liabilities (including any previously unrecognized intangible assets) of the reporting unit other than goodwill. The resulting implied fair value of the goodwill is compared to the carrying amount and an impairment charge is recognized for the difference.
In certain circumstances, the Company uses a qualitative assessment as an alternative to the two-step test approach. Under this approach certain market, industry and financial performance factors are substantially in excessconsidered to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of theira reporting unit is less than its carrying values.amount. If that is the case, the two-step approach described above is then performed to evaluate the recoverability of goodwill.
Intangible Assets with Finite Lives and Other Long-Lived Assets: Finite-lived intangible assets principally consist of brands, trademarks, content and publication rights, customer relationships and non-compete agreements and are amortized over their estimated useful lives. The most significant factors in determining the estimated life of these intangibles is the history and longevity of the brands, trademarks and content and publication rights acquired, combined with the strength of cash flows. Content and publication rights, trademarks, customer relationships and brands with finite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over periods ranging from 5 to 40 years. Non-compete agreements are amortized over the terms of the individual agreement, generally up to 5 years.
 
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets: DepreciableIntangible assets with finite lives are amortized on a straight line basis over the following weighted average estimated useful lives: content and amortizable assetspublishing rights – 32 years; customer relationships – 19 years; brands and trademarks – 11 years; non-compete agreements – 5 years.
Assets with finite lives are only evaluated for impairment upon a significant change in the operating or macroeconomic environment.  In these circumstances, if an evaluation of the projected undiscounted cash flows indicates impairment, the asset is written down to its estimated fair value based on the discounted future cash flows.
 
Share-Based Compensation: The Company recognizes share-based compensation expense based on the fair value of the share-based awards on the grant date, reduced by an estimate of future forfeited awards.  As such, share-based compensation expense is only recognized for those awards that are expected to ultimately vest. The fair value of share-based awards is recognized in net income on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. The grant date fair value for stock options is estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The determination of the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model requires the Company to make significant judgments and estimates, which include the expected life of an option, the expected volatility of the Company’s Common Stock over the estimated life of the option, a risk-free interest rate and the expected dividend yield. Judgment is also required in estimating the amount of share-based awards that may be forfeited. Share-based compensation expense associated with performance-based stock awards is based on actual financial results for targets established three years in advance. The cumulative effect on current and prior periods of a change in the estimated number of performance share awards, or estimated forfeiture rate, is recognized as an adjustment to earnings in the period of the revision.  If actual results differ significantly from estimates, the Company’s share-based compensation expense and results of operations could be impacted.
 
 
4454

 
 
Retirement Plans: The Company provides defined benefit pension plans for the majority of itscertain employees worldwide. The Company’s Board of Directors approved amendments to the U.S., Canada and U.K. defined benefit plans that froze the plans effective June 30, 2015, December 31, 2015 and April 30, 2015, respectively. Under the amendments, no new employees will be permitted to enter these plans and no additional benefits for current participants for future services will be accrued after the effective dates of the amendments.
The accounting for benefit plans is highly dependent on assumptions concerning the outcome of future events and circumstances, including compensation increases, long-term return rates on pension plan assets, healthcare cost trends, discount rates and other factors. In determining such assumptions, the Company consults with outside actuaries and other advisors. The discount rates for the U.S., United Kingdom and Canadian pension plans are based on the derivation of a single-equivalent discount rate using a standard spot rate curve and the timing of expected payments as of the balance sheet date. The spot rate curve is based upon a portfolio of Moody’s-rated Aa3 (or higher) corporate bonds. The discount rates for other non-U.S. plans are based on similar published indices with durations comparable to that of each plan’s liabilities. The expected long-term rates of return on pension plan assets are estimated using market benchmarks for equities, real estate and bonds applied to each plan’s target asset allocation and are estimated by asset class including an anticipated inflation rate. The expected long-term rates are then compared to the historic investment performance of the plan assets as well as future expectations and estimated through consultation with investment advisors and actuaries. Salary growth and healthcare cost trend assumptions are based on the Company’s historical experience and future outlook. While the Company believes that the assumptions used in these calculations are reasonable, differences in actual experience or changes in assumptions could materially affect the expense and liabilities related to the defined benefit pension plans of the Company. A hypothetical one percent changeincrease in the discount rate would impact net income and the accrued pension liability by approximately $5.5$4.8 million and $97.3$133.3 million, respectively. A one percent decrease in the discount rate would impact net income and the accrued pension liability by approximately $6.6 million and $162.3 million, respectively. A one percent change in the expected long term rate of return would affect net income by approximately $2.5$3.3 million.
 
Recently Issued Accounting Standards:In October 2009,May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU 2014-09 "Revenue From Contracts with Customers" (Topic 606) (“ASU 2014-09”), and the International Accounting Standards UpdateBoard (“ASU”IASB”) 2009-13published its equivalent standard, International Financial Reporting Standard (“IFRS”) 15, “Revenue Recognition (Topic 605): Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements” (“ASU 2009-13”)from Contracts with Customers”. ASU 2009-13 addressesThese joint comprehensive new revenue recognition standards will supersede most existing revenue recognition guidance and are intended to improve and converge revenue recognition and related financial reporting requirements. The standard is effective for the accountingCompany on May 1, 2017 with early adoption prohibited. The standard allows for multiple-deliverable arrangementseither “full retrospective” adoption, meaning the standard is applied to enable vendorsall periods presented, or “cumulative effect” adoption, meaning the standard is applied only to account for products and services separately rather than as a combined unit. Specifically, this guidance amends the existing criteria for separating consideration receivedmost current period presented in multiple-deliverable arrangements, eliminates the residual method of allocation and requires that arrangement consideration be allocated atfinancial statements. The Company is currently assessing whether the inceptionadoption of the arrangement to all deliverables using the relative selling price method. The guidance also establishes a hierarchy for determining the selling price of a deliverable, which is based on vendor-specific objective evidence; third-party evidence; or management estimates. Expanded disclosures related to the Company’s multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements are also required. The new guidance was adopted by the Company for all revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified on and after May 1, 2011 and did notwill have a significant impact on the Company’sits consolidated financial statements.
 
In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs” (“ASU 2011-04”) which amends U.S. GAAP to provide common fair value measurement and disclosure requirements with International Financial Reporting Standards. The Company does not expect ASU 2011-04 to have a significant effect on its current fair value measurements within the consolidated financial statements, however, the new guidance will result in additional disclosures which will include quantitative information about the unobservable inputs used in all Level 3 fair value measurements. ASU 2011-04 will be effective for the Company as of May 1, 2012.
There have been no other new accounting standards issued that have had, or are expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 
4555

 
In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-03 "Interest- Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs" (“ASU 2015-03”). The ASU requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented on the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability. Previously, debt issuance costs were recognized as assets on the balance sheet. The recognition and measurement guidance for debt issuance costs are not affected by the amendments in this ASU.  The standard is effective for the Company on May 1, 2016, with early adoption permitted, and requires retrospective application to all prior periods presented in the financial statements. Although the new guidance will have no impact on the Company’s results of operations, the debt issuance costs presented as assets within the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Financial Position ($1.4 million as of April 30, 2015) will be reclassified as reductions of the related debt liability when the guidance is adopted.
In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-05 "Intangibles- Goodwill and Other- Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Fees Paid in Cloud Computing Arrangements" (“ASU 2015-05”). Cloud computing arrangements represent the delivery of hosted services over the internet which includes software, platforms, infrastructure and other hosting arrangements. The ASU provides criteria to determine whether the cloud computing arrangement includes a software license. If the criteria are met, the customer will capitalize the fee attributable to the software license portion of the arrangement as internal-use software. If the arrangement does not include a software license, it should be treated as a service contract and expensed as services are received. The standard is effective for the Company on May 1, 2016 with early adoption permitted. An entity can elect to adopt either prospectively for all arrangements entered into after the effective date or retrospectively. The Company is currently assessing whether the adoption of the guidance will have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements.
 
Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments
 
A summary of contractual obligations and commercial commitments, excluding unrecognized tax benefits further described in Note 11,13, as of April 30, 20122015 is as follows (in thousands):
 
 Payments Due by Period  Payments Due by Period 
 Within2-34-5 After 5 Within2-34-5After 5
TotalYear 1YearsYearsTotalYear 1Years
   
Total Debt$475.0$        -$475.0$        -$750.1$100.0$650.1$-
  
Interest on Debt1
36.88.716.311.8-18.812.56.3-
  
Non-Cancelable Leases242.038.871.967.164.2341.738.167.153.2183.3
  
Minimum Royalty Obligations235.252.782.758.541.3223.571.397.939.015.3
  
Other Operating Commitments73.317.230.125.70.3
Total$989.0$100.2$170.9$612.4$105.5$1,407.4$239.1$851.5$117.9$198.9
 
1 Interest on Debt includes the effect of the Company’s interest rate swap agreements and the estimated future interest payments on the Company’s unhedged variable rate debt, assuming that the interest rates as of April 30, 20122015 remain constant until the maturity of the debt.

56

Item 7A.Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
 
The Company is exposed to market risk primarily related to interest rates, foreign exchange and credit risk. It is the Company’s policy to monitor these exposures and to use derivative financial investments and/or insurance contracts from time to time to reduce fluctuations in earnings and cash flows when it is deemed appropriate to do so. The Company does not use derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.
 
Interest Rates:
The Company had approximately $475.0$750.0 million of variable rate loans outstanding at April 30, 2012,2015, which approximated fair value. On August 19, 2010,15, 2014, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement which fixed a portion of the variable interest due on its variable rate loans outstanding. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company pays a fixed rate of 0.8%0.65% and receives a variable rate of interest based on one-month LIBOR (as defined) from the counterparty which is reset every month for a twenty-nine monthtwo-year period ending January 19, 2013.August 15, 2016. As of both April 30, 2012 and 2011,2015, the notional amount of the interest rate swap was $125.0$150.0 million.

On March 30, 2012,January 15, 2014, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement which fixed a portion of the variable interest due on its variable rate loans outstanding. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company pays a fixed rate of 0.645%0.47% and receives a variable rate of interest based on one monthone-month LIBOR (as defined) from the counterparty which is reset every month for a three-yeartwo-year period ending March 31, 2015.January 15, 2016. As of April 30, 2012,2015, the notional amount of the interest rate swap was $250.0$150.0 million.
46

 
It is management’s intention that the notional amount of interest rate swaps be less than the variable rate loans outstanding during the life of the derivatives. During fiscal year 2012,2015, the Company recognized a loss on its hedge contracts of approximately $0.8$1.7 million which is reflected in Interest Expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income.  At April 30, 2012,2015, the fair value of the outstanding interest rate swapswaps was a net deferred loss of $1.7$0.6 million. Based on the maturity dates of the contracts, approximately $0.5$0.2 million and $1.2$0.4 million of the deferred loss as of April 30, 2012 was recorded in Other Accrued Liabilities and Other Long-Term Liabilities, in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position, respectively. On an annual basis, a hypothetical one percent change in interest rates for the $100.0$450.0 million of unhedged variable rate debt as of April 30, 20122015 would affect net income and cash flow by approximately $0.6$2.8 million.
 
Foreign Exchange Rates:
 
Fluctuations in the currencies of countries where the Company operates outside the U.S. may have a significant impact on financial results. The Company is primarily exposed to movements in British pound sterling, euros, Canadian and Australian dollars, and certain Asian currencies.currencies in Asia.  The Statements of Financial Position of non-U.S. business units are translated into U.S. dollars using period-end exchange rates for assets and liabilities and weighted-average exchange rates for revenues and expenses. FiscalThe percentage of Consolidated Revenue for fiscal year 2012 revenue was2015 recognized in the following currencies:currencies (on an equivalent U.S. dollar basis) were: approximately 54%55% U.S dollar; 28%29% British pound sterling; 8% euro and 10%8% other currencies.
 
The Company’s significant investments in non-U.S. businesses are exposed to foreign currency risk.  Adjustments resulting from translating assets and liabilities are reported as a separate component of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss within Shareholders’ Equity under the caption Foreign Currency Translation Adjustment.  The Company also has significant investments in non-U.S. businesses that are exposed to foreign currency risk.  During fiscal year 2012,2015, the Company recorded approximately $30.2 million offoreign currency translation losses in other comprehensive income of approximately $180.2 million primarily as a result of the strengtheningweakening of the U.S. dollar relative to the British pound sterling and euro.

57

Exchange rate gains or losses related to foreign currency transactions are recognized as transaction gains or losses in the Consolidated Statements of Income as incurred. Under certain circumstances, the Company may enter into derivative financial instruments in the form of foreign currency forward contracts to hedge against specific transactions, including intercompany purchases and loans. The Company does not use derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.
 
The Company may enter into forward exchange contracts to manage the Company’s exposure on certain foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities. The forward exchange contracts are marked to market through Foreign Exchange Transaction Gains and Losses on the Consolidated Statements of Income, and carried at their fair value on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. Foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities are remeasured at spot rates in effect on the balance sheet date, with the effects of changes in spot rates reported in Foreign Exchange Transaction Gains and Losses. As of April 30, 2015 and 2014, the Company did not maintain any open forward contracts. During fiscal years 20102013 through 20122015, the Company did not designate any forward exchange contracts as hedges under current accounting standards as the benefits of doing so were not material due to the short-term nature of the contracts. The fair value changes in the forward exchange contracts substantially mitigated the changes in the value of the applicable foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities. The fair values ofFor fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013, the losses recognized on the forward contracts were measured on a recurring basis using Level 2 inputs$11.2 million, $0.4 million, and for fiscal years 2012, 2011 and 2010 the gain/(loss) recognized was $2.4 million, $0.6 million, and ($2.0) million, respectively. As of both April 30, 2012 and 2011, the Company had settled its forward exchange contracts.
 
Customer Credit Risk:
 
In the journal publishing business, subscriptions are primarily sourced through journal subscription agents who, acting as agents for library customers, facilitate ordering by consolidating the subscription orders/billings of each subscriber with various publishers. Cash is generally collected in advance from subscribers by the subscription agents and is principally remitted to the Company between the months of NovemberDecember and January.April. Although at fiscal year-end the Company had minimal credit risk exposure to these agents, future calendar-year subscription receipts from these agents are highly dependent on their financial condition and liquidity. Subscription agents account for approximately 24%23% of total annual consolidated revenue and no one agent accounts for more than 10% of total annual consolidated revenue.

47

Swets Information Services, a global library subscription agent based in Amsterdam, declared bankruptcy in late September. While the bankruptcy had no material impact on the Company’s financial statements, future sourcing of journal subscriptions may be temporarily impacted. The impact to calendar year 2015 journal subscription revenue is expected to be on the order of $5 million.
 
The Company’s booknon-journal subscription business is not dependent upon a single customer; however, the industry is concentrated in national, regional, and online bookstore chains.customer. Although no one booknon-journal customer accounts for more than 10%8% of total consolidated revenue and 15%12% of accounts receivable at April 30, 2012,2015, the top 10 booknon-journal customers account for approximately 20%17% of total consolidated revenue and approximately 40%29% of accounts receivable at April 30, 2012.2015. The Company maintains approximately $25 million of trade credit insurance, subject to certain limitations, covering balances due from certain named customers which expires in May, 2016.

Disclosure of Certain Activities Relating to Iran:
The United Kingdom, theEuropean Union, Canada and United States and Canada have imposed new sanctions following a November 8, 2011 United Nations report targetingon business relationships with Iran, including restrictions on financial transactions; business relationships;transactions and prohibitions on direct and indirect trading with listed “designated persons”. The European Union has also extended its existing sanctions regime.persons.”  In fiscal year 2015, the Company recorded revenue and net profits of approximately $1.5 million and $0.5 million, respectively, related to the sale of scientific and medical content to certain publicly funded universities, hospitals and institutions that meet the definition of the “Government of Iran” as defined under section 560.304 of title 31, Code of Federal Regulations. The Company has assessed its business relationship and transactions with Iran and believes it is in compliance with the regulations. As of April 30, 2012, the Company had outstanding trade receivables with Iran of approximately $2.0 million, mainly related to book sales recognized prior toregulations governing the sanctions.  It is unclear at present whetherThe Company intends to continue in these sanctions will have an effect on the recovery of this outstanding receivable.or similar sales as long as they continue to be consistent with all applicable sanctions-related regulations.
58


“Safe Harbor” Statement Under the
Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995
 
This report contains certain forward-looking statements concerning the Company’s operations, performance, and financial condition. Reliance should not be placed on forward-looking statements, as actual results may differ materially from those in any forward-looking statements.  Any such forward-looking statements are based upon a number of assumptions and estimates that are inherently subject to uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond the control of the Company, and are subject to change based on many important factors. Such factors include, but are not limited to (i) the level of investment in new technologies and products; (ii) subscriber renewal rates for the Company’s journals; (iii) the financial stability and liquidity of journal subscription agents; (iv) the consolidation of book wholesalers and retail accounts; (v) the market position and financial stability of key online retailers; (vi) the seasonal nature of the Company’s educationaleducation business and the impact of the used-book market; (vii) worldwide economic and political conditions; and (viii) the Company’s ability to protect its copyrights and other intellectual property worldwideworldwide; (ix) the ability of the Company to successfully integrate acquired operations and realize expected opportunities and (x) other factors detailed from time to time in the Company’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.  The Company undertakes no obligation to update or revise any such forward-looking statements to reflect subsequent events or circumstances.

 
4859

 

Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data


MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

To our Shareholders
John Wiley and Sons, Inc.:
 
The management of John Wiley and Sons, Inc. and subsidiaries is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f).
 
Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on our evaluation under the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by COSO, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of April 30, 2012.2015.
 
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting: There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting during fiscal year 2012.2015.
 
The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of April 30, 20122015 has been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein.
 
The Company’s Corporate Governance Principles, Committee Charters, Business Conduct and Ethics Policy and the Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers are published on our web site at www.wiley.com under the “About Wiley—Investor Relations—Corporate Governance” captions.  Copies are also available free of charge to shareholders on request to the Corporate Secretary, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 111 River Street, Hoboken, NJ 07030-5774.
 

/s/ Stephen M. SmithMark Allin 
Stephen M. SmithMark Allin 
President and
Chief Executive Officer 
  
/s/ Ellis E. CousensJohn A. Kritzmacher 
Ellis E. CousensJohn A. Kritzmacher 
Executive Vice President and 
Chief Financial and Operations Officer 
  
/s/ Edward J. Melando 
Edward J. Melando 
Senior Vice President, Controller and 
Chief Accounting Officer 
  
June 26, 20122015 


 
4960

 

 
 
 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
John Wiley & Sons, Inc.:
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (the “Company”) and subsidiaries as of April 30, 20122015 and 2011,2014, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive (loss) income, cash flows and shareholders’ equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended April 30, 2012.2015. In connection with our audits of the consolidated financial statements, we also have audited Schedule II on Page 81 of this Form 10-K.  These consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and subsidiaries as of April 30, 20122015 and 2011,2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended April 30, 2012,2015, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), John Wiley & Sons, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of April 30, 2012,2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO)”), and our report dated June 26, 20122015 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
 

 
(signed) KPMG LLP
 
Short Hills, New Jersey
June 26, 20122015
 

 
5061

 


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
John Wiley & Sons, Inc.:
 
We have audited John Wiley & Sons, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of April 30, 2012,2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). John Wiley & Sons, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
In our opinion, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of April 30, 2012,2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
 
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statements of financial position of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. and subsidiaries as of April 30, 20122015 and 2011,2014, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders’ equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows and shareholders’ equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended April 30, 2012,2015, and our report dated June 26, 20122015 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
 
(signed) KPMG LLP
 
Short Hills, New Jersey
June 26, 2012
2015

 
5162

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION
John Wiley & Sons, Inc., and Subsidiaries April 30,
Dollars in thousands 2015 2014
Assets:    
Current Assets    
Cash and cash equivalents$457,441$486,377
Accounts receivable 147,183 149,733
Inventories 63,779 75,495
Prepaid and other 72,516 78,057
Total Current Assets 740,919 789,662
     
Product Development Assets 69,589 82,940
Technology, Property & Equipment 193,010 188,718
Intangible Assets 917,621 984,661
Goodwill 962,367 903,665
Income Tax Deposits 57,098 64,037
Other Assets 63,639 63,682
Total Assets$3,004,243$3,077,365
     
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity:    
Current Liabilities    
Short-term debt$100,000$-
Accounts and royalties payable 161,465 142,534
Deferred revenue 372,051 385,654
Accrued employment costs 93,922 118,503
Accrued income taxes 9,484 13,324
Accrued pension liability 4,594 4,671
Other accrued liabilities 62,167 64,901
Total Current Liabilities 803,683 729,587
     
Long-Term Debt 650,090 700,100
Accrued Pension Liability 209,727 164,634
Deferred Income Tax Liabilities 198,947 222,482
Other Long-Term Liabilities 86,756 78,314
Shareholders’ Equity    
Preferred Stock, $1 par value: Authorized - 2 million, Issued - zero - -
Class A Common Stock, $1 par value: Authorized - 180 million,    
Issued – 69,797,994 69,798 69,798
Class B Common Stock, $1 par value:  Authorized - 72 million,    
Issued – 13,392,268 13,392 13,392
Additional paid-in capital 353,018 327,588
Retained earnings 1,597,439 1,489,069
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss):    
Foreign currency translation adjustment (246,854) (66,664)
Unamortized retirement costs, net of tax (159,434) (123,025)
Unrealized loss on interest rate swap, net of tax (345) (602)
  1,627,014 1,709,556
Less Treasury Shares At Cost (Class A – 20,441,767 and 20,231,118;    
Class B – 3,910,264 and 3,906,707) (571,974) (527,308)
Total Shareholders’ Equity 1,055,040 1,182,248
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity$3,004,243$3,077,365
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION 
John Wiley & Sons, Inc., and Subsidiaries April 30 
Dollars in thousands          2012            2011 
Assets:      
Current Assets      
Cash and cash equivalents $259,830  $201,853 
Accounts receivable  171,561   168,310 
Inventories  101,237   106,423 
Prepaid and other  41,972   50,904 
Total Current Assets  574,600   527,490 
         
Product Development Assets  108,414   109,554 
Technology, Property & Equipment  187,979   165,541 
Intangible Assets  915,495   932,730 
Goodwill  690,619   642,898 
Other Assets  55,839   51,928 
Total Assets $2,532,946  $2,430,141 
         
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity:        
Current Liabilities        
Accounts and royalties payable $151,350  $155,262 
Deferred revenue  342,034   321,409 
Accrued employment costs  64,482   87,770 
Accrued income taxes  18,812   5,924 
Accrued pension liability  3,589   4,447 
Other accrued liabilities  60,663   57,853 
Current portion of long-term debt  -   123,700 
Total Current Liabilities  640,930   756,365 
         
Long-Term Debt  475,000   330,500 
Accrued Pension Liability  145,815   91,594 
Deferred Income Tax Liabilities  181,716   192,909 
Other Long-Term Liabilities  71,917   80,884 
Shareholders’ Equity        
Preferred Stock, $1 par value: Authorized - 2 million, Issued - zero  -   - 
Class A Common Stock, $1 par value: Authorized - 180 million,        
Issued – 69,753,370 and 69,749,275  69,753   69,749 
Class B Common Stock, $1 par value:  Authorized - 72 million,        
Issued – 13,436,892 and 13,440,987  13,437   13,441 
Additional paid-in capital  271,809   247,046 
Retained earnings  1,300,713   1,136,224 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss:        
Foreign currency translation adjustment  (95,981)  (65,808)
Unamortized retirement costs, net of tax  (103,381)  (61,636)
Unrealized loss on interest rate swap, net of tax  (1,048)  (297)
   1,455,302   1,338,719 
Less Treasury Shares At Cost (Class A – 19,771,896 and 18,577,704;        
Class B – 3,902,576 and 3,902,576)  (437,734)  (360,830)
Total Shareholders’ Equity  1,017,568   977,889 
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity $2,532,946  $2,430,141 
  
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. 

 
5263


 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
John Wiley & Sons, Inc., and Subsidiaries For the years ended April 30,
Dollars in thousands, except per share data 2015 2014 2013
       
Revenue$1,822,440$1,775,195$1,760,778
       
Costs and Expenses      
Cost of sales 499,683 506,879 532,232
Operating and administrative expenses 1,005,000 969,456 933,148
Restructuring charges 28,804 42,722 29,293
Impairment charges - 4,786 30,679
Amortization of intangibles 51,214 44,679 41,982
Total Costs and Expenses 1,584,701 1,568,522 1,567,334
       
Net Gain on Sale of Consumer Publishing Programs - - 5,983
       
Operating Income 237,739 206,673 199,427
       
Interest expense (17,077) (13,916) (13,078)
Foreign exchange transaction gains (losses) 1,742 (8) (2,041)
Interest income and other 3,057 2,785 2,614
       
Income Before Taxes 225,461 195,534 186,922
Provision for Income Taxes 48,593 35,024 42,697
       
Net Income$176,868$160,510$144,225
       
Earnings Per Share      
Diluted$2.97$2.70$2.39
Basic 3.01 2.73 2.43
       
Cash Dividends Per Share      
Class A Common$1.16$1.00$0.96
Class B Common 1.16 1.00 0.96
       
Average Shares      
Diluted 59,594 59,514 60,224
Basic 58,733 58,635 59,447
       
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

64

 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME 
  
John Wiley & Sons, Inc., and Subsidiaries For the years ended April 30 
Dollars in thousands, except per share data          2012           2011             2010 
          
Revenue $1,782,742  $1,742,551  $1,699,062 
             
Costs and Expenses            
Cost of sales  543,396   539,043   534,001 
Operating and administrative expenses  922,177   910,847   872,193 
Additional provision for doubtful trade account  -   9,290   - 
Impairment and restructuring charges  -   -   15,118 
Amortization of intangibles  36,750   35,223   35,158 
Total Costs and Expenses  1,502,323   1,494,403   1,456,470 
             
Operating Income  280,419   248,148   242,592 
             
Interest expense  (9,038)  (17,322)  (32,334)
Foreign exchange transaction losses  (2,261)  (2,188)  (10,883)
Interest income and other  2,975   2,422   834 
             
Income Before Taxes  272,095   231,060   200,209 
Provision for Income Taxes  59,349   59,171   56,666 
             
Net Income $212,746  $171,889  $143,543 
             
Earnings Per Share            
Diluted $3.47  $2.80  $2.41 
Basic  3.53   2.86   2.45 
             
Cash Dividends Per Share            
Class A Common $0.80  $0.64  $0.56 
Class B Common  0.80   0.64   0.56 
             
Average Shares            
Diluted  61,272   61,359   59,679 
Basic  60,184   60,160   58,498 
  
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements. 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
 
John Wiley & Sons, Inc., and Subsidiaries For the years ended April 30,
Dollars in thousands 2015 2014 2013
       
Net Income$176,868$160,510$144,225
       
Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income:      
Foreign currency translation adjustment (180,190) 67,875 (38,558)
Unrealized retirement costs net of tax (provision) benefit of $15,779; $(12,946) and $16,145, respectively (36,409) 20,099 (39,743)
Unrealized gain on interest rate swaps net of tax (provision) of $(157); $(225) and $(48), respectively 257 367 79
Total Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income (216,342) 88,341 (78,222)
       
Comprehensive (Loss) Income$(39,474)$248,851$$66,003
       
 
 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

65


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
John Wiley & Sons, Inc., and Subsidiaries For the years ended April 30,
Dollars in thousands 2015 2014 2013
Operating Activities      
Net Income$176,868$160,510$144,225
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities      
Amortization of intangibles 51,214 44,679 41,982
Amortization of composition costs 40,639 45,097 51,517
Depreciation of technology, property and equipment 62,072 58,321 56,017
Restructuring  and impairment charges 28,804 47,508 59,972
Net gain on sale of consumer publishing programs - - (5,983)
Deferred tax benefits on U.K. rate changes - (10,634) (8,402)
Share-based compensation 13,617 12,851 11,928
(Excess) shortfalls in tax benefits from share-based compensation (3,191) 1,466 (193)
Employee retirement plan expense 22,599 30,454 35,938
Royalty advances (103,136) (107,639) (105,335)
Earned royalty advances 108,314 107,529 100,691
Other non-cash credits, net (8,046) (3,626) (3,708)
Income tax deposit (5,280) (11,968) (42,077)
Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities      
Source (Use), excluding acquisitions      
Accounts receivable 4,488 18,558 18,118
Inventories 9,696 11,146 11,501
Accounts and royalties payable 31,305 7,297 (5,748)
Deferred revenue 3,913 (750) 32,822
Income taxes payable 8,330 (14,131) 1,429
Restructuring payments (32,341) (28,276) (5,641)
Other accrued liabilities (10,901) 30,581 (6,121)
Employee retirement plan contributions (28,503) (33,889) (36,704)
Other (15,339) (16,860) (9,191)
Cash Provided by Operating Activities 355,122 348,224 337,037
Investing Activities      
Composition spending (39,421) (40,568) (50,434)
Additions to technology, property and equipment (69,121) (57,564) (58,704)
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired (172,229) (54,515) (263,272)
Proceeds from sale of consumer publishing programs 1,100 3,300 29,942
Cash Used for Investing Activities (279,671) (149,347) (342,468)
Financing Activities      
Repayment of long-term debt (711,654) (658,224) (472,500)
Borrowings of long-term debt 659,369 685,324 670,500
Borrowing of short-term debt 100,000 - -
Purchase of treasury stock (61,981) (63,393) (73,721)
Change in book overdrafts (6,711) (12,354) (451)
Cash dividends (68,498) (58,953) (57,426)
Proceeds from exercise of stock options and other 25,326 55,532 23,806
Excess (shortfalls ) in tax benefits from share-based compensation 3,191 (1,466) 193
Cash (Used for) Provided by Financing Activities (60,958) (53,534) 90,401
Effects of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash (43,429) 6,894 (10,660)
Cash and Cash Equivalents      
(Decrease) Increase for year (28,936) 152,237 74,310
Balance at beginning of year 486,377 334,140 259,830
Balance at end of year 457,441 486,377 334,140
Cash Paid During the Year for      
Interest$14,875$12,511$12,081
Income taxes, net$45,646$63,815$56,021
       
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements

66


CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
Common
Stock
Class A
Common
Stock
Class B
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
Retained
Earnings
Treasury
Stock
Accumulated
Other Comp-
rehensive
Income
(Loss)
Total
Share-
holder’s
Equity
 
 
John Wiley & Sons, Inc., and Subsidiaries
Dollars in thousands
        
Balance at April 30, 2012$69,753$13,437$271,809$1,300,713$(437,734)$(200,410)$1,017,568
        
Restricted Shares Issued under Share-based Compensation Plans  (5,936) 5,559 (377)
Proceeds from Exercise of Stock Options and other  12,768 11,420 24,188
Excess Tax Benefits from Share-based Compensation  193   193
Share-based compensation expense  11,928   11,928
Purchase of Treasury Shares    (73,721) (73,721)
Class A Common Stock Dividends   (48,290)  (48,290)
Class B Common Stock Dividends   (9,136)  (9,136)
Common Stock Class Conversions40(40)    -
Comprehensive Income (Loss)   144,225 (78,222)66,003
        
Balance at April 30, 2013$69,793$13,397$290,762$1,387,512$(494,476)$(278,632)$988,356
        
Restricted Shares Issued under Share-based Compensation Plans  (5,962) 6,144 182
Proceeds from Exercise of Stock Options and other  31,403 24,417 55,820
Shortfall in Tax Benefits from Share-based Compensation  (1,466)   (1,466)
Share-based compensation expense  12,851   12,851
Purchase of Treasury Shares    (63,393) (63,393)
Class A Common Stock Dividends   (51,842)  (51,842)
Class B Common Stock Dividends   (7,111)  (7,111)
Common Stock Class Conversions5(5)    -
Comprehensive Income   160,510 88,341248,851
        
Balance at April 30, 2014$69,798$13,392$327,588$1,489,069$(527,308)$(190,291)$1,182,248
        
Restricted Shares Issued under Share-based Compensation Plans  (3,471) 4,085 614
Proceeds from Exercise of Stock Options and other  12,093 13,230 25,323
Excess Tax Benefits from Share-based Compensation  3,191   3,191
Share-based compensation expense  13,617   13,617
Purchase of Treasury Shares    (61,981) (61,981)
Class A Common Stock Dividends   (57,541)  (57,541)
Class B Common Stock Dividends   (10,957)  (10,957)
Common Stock Class Conversions--    -
Comprehensive Income (Loss)   176,868 (216,342)(39,474)
        
Balance at April 30, 2015$69,798$13,392$353,018$1,597,439$(571,974)$(406,633)$1,055,040
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
 
 
5367

 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
  
John Wiley & Sons, Inc., and Subsidiaries For the years ended April 30 
Dollars in thousands          2012          2011             2010 
          
Operating Activities         
Net Income $212,746  $171,889  $143,543 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities            
Amortization of intangibles  36,750   35,223   35,158 
Amortization of composition costs  50,944   51,421   47,440 
Depreciation of technology, property and equipment  50,397   45,862   40,281 
Provisions, impairment and restructuring charges (net of tax)  -   6,039   10,631 
Stock-based compensation  17,262   17,719   24,842 
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation  (2,044)  (4,816)  (7,636)
Reserves for returns, doubtful accounts, and obsolescence  (3,736)  4,449   18,916 
Deferred tax benefits on U.K. rate changes  (8,769)  (4,155)  - 
Deferred income taxes  11,799   9,862   9,481 
Foreign exchange transaction losses  2,261   2,188   10,883 
Pension expense  20,975   25,633   20,319 
Royalty advances  (108,716)  (101,702)  (103,783)
Earned royalty advances  100,639   93,016   80,993 
Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities            
Source/(Use), excluding acquisitions            
Accounts receivable  9,605   (5,584)  (9,004)
Inventories  4,467   7,453   13,960 
Accounts and royalties payable  540   6,425   (15,585)
Deferred revenue  19,381   32,032   21,626 
Income taxes payable  27,835   19,455   10,887 
Other accrued liabilities  (37,076)  (7,810)  15,908 
Pension contributions  (24,939)  (24,782)  (48,124)
Other  (673)  (4,198)  (5,730)
Cash Provided by Operating Activities  379,648   375,619   315,006 
Investing Activities            
Composition spending  (52,501)  (51,471)  (51,584)
Additions to technology, property and equipment  (67,377)  (54,393)  (48,110)
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired  (92,174)  (7,166)  (6,430)
Cash Used for Investing Activities  (212,052)  (113,030)  (106,124)
Financing Activities            
Repayment of long-term debt  (888,411)  (504,800)  (951,010)
Borrowings of long-term debt  909,211   310,000   777,610 
Purchase of treasury stock  (87,072)  (27,958)  - 
Change in book overdrafts  (4,414)  (1,185)  9,707 
Cash dividends  (48,257)  (38,764)  (32,986)
Debt financing costs  (3,119)  -   - 
Proceeds from exercise of stock options and other  15,303   27,847   32,625 
Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation  2,044   4,816   7,636 
Cash Used for Financing Activities  (104,715)  (230,044)  (156,418)
Effects of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash  (4,904)  15,795   (1,779)
Cash and Cash Equivalents            
Increase for year  57,977   48,340   50,685 
Balance at beginning of year  201,853   153,513   102,828 
Balance at end of year  259,830   201,853   153,513 
Cash Paid During the Year for            
Interest $7,745  $19,686  $33,186 
Income taxes, net $42,841  $37,822  $33,358 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
         
54

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
 
 
Common
Stock
Class A
Common
Stock
Class B
Additional
Paid-in
Capital
Retained
Earnings
Treasury
Stock
Accumulated
Other Comp-
rehensive
Income
(Loss)
Total
Share-
holder’s
Equity
 
 
John Wiley & Sons, Inc., and Subsidiaries
Dollars in thousands
        
Balance at April 30, 2009$69,644$13,547$164,592$892,542$(368,411)$(258,398)$513,516
        
Shares Issued Under Employee Benefit Plans  (4,008) 5,166 1,158
Exercise of Stock Options, including taxes  22,892 16,189 39,081
Stock-based compensation expense  24,842   24,842
Class A Common Stock Dividends   (27,607)  (27,607)
Class B Common Stock Dividends   (5,379)  (5,379)
Other62(62)2,530   2,530
Comprehensive Income (Loss):       
Net income   143,543  143,543
Foreign currency translation gain     60,29260,292
Change in unamortized retirement costs, net of a $18,657 tax benefit     (38,975)(38,975)
Change in unrealized loss on interest rate swap, net of a $5,685 tax provision     9,4359,435
Total Comprehensive Income      174,295
        
Balance at April 30, 2010$69,706$13,485$210,848$1,003,099$(347,056)$(227,646)$722,436
        
Shares Issued Under Employee Benefit Plans  (3,321) 4,524 1,203
Purchase of Treasury Shares    (27,958) (27,958)
Exercise of Stock Options, including taxes  21,800 9,660 31,460
Stock-based compensation expense  17,719   17,719
Class A Common Stock Dividends   (32,648)  (32,648)
Class B Common Stock Dividends   (6,116)  (6,116)
Other43(44)    (1)
Comprehensive Income:       
Net income   171,889  171,889
Foreign currency translation gain     76,92376,923
Change in unamortized retirement costs, net of a $7,490 tax provision     19,31719,317
Change in unrealized loss on interest rate swap, net of a $2,208 tax provision     3,6653,665
Total Comprehensive Income      271,794
        
Balance at April 30, 2011$69,749$13,441$247,046$1,136,224$(360,830)$(127,741)$977,889
        
Shares Issued Under Employee Benefit Plans  (1,622) 3,042 1,420
Purchase of Treasury Shares    (87,072) (87,072)
Exercise of Stock Options, including taxes  9,123 7,126 16,249
Stock-based compensation expense  17,262   17,262
Class A Common Stock Dividends   (40,627)  (40,627)
Class B Common Stock Dividends   (7,630)  (7,630)
Other4(4)    -
Comprehensive Income (Loss):       
Net income   212,746  212,746
Foreign currency translation loss     (30,173)(30,173)
Change in unamortized retirement costs, net of a $18,643 tax benefit     (41,745)(41,745)
Change in unrealized loss on interest rate swap, net of a $453 tax benefit     (751)(751)
Total Comprehensive Income      140,077
        
Balance at April 30, 2012$69,753$13,437$271,809$1,300,713$(437,734)$(200,410)$1,017,568
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
55


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
Note 1 – Description of Business
 
The Company, founded in 1807, was incorporated in the state of New York on January 15, 1904. As used herein the term “Company” means John Wiley & Sons, Inc., and its subsidiaries and affiliated companies, unless the context indicates otherwise.
 
The Company is a global provider of knowledge and knowledge-enabled services that improve outcomes in areas of research, professional practice and education. Through the Research segment, the Company provides contentdigital and content-enabled digital services to customers worldwide. Core businesses produceprint scientific, technical, medical and scholarly journals, reference works, books, database services and advertising; professionaladvertising. The Professional Development segment provides digital and print books, subscription products, certificationemployment talent solutions, online assessment and training services, and online applications;test prep and educationalcertification. In Education, the Company provides print and digital content, and services. Education contenteducation solutions including online program management services for higher education institutions and services includes integrated online teachingcourse management tools for instructors and learning resources for undergraduate and graduate students, educators, and lifelong learners worldwide as well as secondary school students in Australia.students. The Company takes full advantage of its content from all three core businesses in developing and cross-marketing products to its diverse customer base of researchers, professionals, students, and educators. The use of technology enables the Company to make its content efficiently more accessible to its customers around the world. The Company maintains publishing, marketing, and distribution centersCompany’s operations are primarily located in the United States, Canada, Europe, Asia, and Australia.
 
Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
Principles of Consolidation: The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company. Investments in entities in which the Company has at least a 20%, but less than a majority interest, are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. Investments in entities in which the Company has less than a 20% ownership and in which it does not exercise significant influence are accounted for using the cost method of accounting. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
Use of Estimates: The preparation of the Company’s financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
Reclassifications: Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year’s presentation.
 
Book Overdrafts: Under the Company’s cash management system, a book overdraft balance exists for the Company’s primary disbursement accounts. This overdraft represents uncleared checks in excess of cash balances in individual bank accounts. The Company’s funds are transferred from other existing bank account balances or from lines of credit as needed to fund checks presented for payment.  As of April 30, 20122015 and April 30, 2011,2014, book overdrafts of $35.6$16.1 million and $40.0$22.8 million, respectively, were included in Accounts and Royalties Payable in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.
 
Revenue Recognition: The Company recognizes revenue when the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists; delivery has occurred or services have been rendered; the price to the customer is fixed or determinable; and collectability is reasonably assured.  If all of the above criteria have been met, revenue is recognized upon shipment of products or when services have been rendered. Subscription revenue isRevenue related to journal subscriptions and other products and services that are generally collected in advance. The prepayment isadvance are deferred and recognized as earned primarily when the related issue is shipped, or made available online overor the term of the subscription.service is rendered. Collectability is evaluated based on the amount involved, the credit history of the customer, and the status of the customer’s account with the Company.
 
 
5668

 
The Company offers an alternative digital journal subscription license model to subscribers in certain markets.  Under this alternative model, the Company provides access to all journal content published within a calendar year. Under the Company’s previous licensing model, a customer subscribed to a discrete number of online journal issues and revenue was recognized as each issue was made available online. Based on the success of the program to date, the Company will expand its alternative model offering in calendar year 2016. The new time-based model will result in substantially all digital journal subscription revenue recognized on a straight-line basis over the calendar year.
 
When a product is sold with multiple deliverables, the Company accounts for each deliverable within the arrangement as a separate unit of accounting due to the fact that each deliverable is also sold on a stand-alone basis. The total consideration of a multiple-element arrangement is allocated to each unit of accounting based on the price charged by the Company when it is sold separately. The Company’s multiple deliverable arrangements principally include WileyPLUS, the online teaching and learning environmentcourse management tool for the Company’s Global Education business which also includes a complete print or digital textbook for the course, as well ascourse; negotiated licenses for bundles of electronicdigital content available on Wiley Online Library, the online publishing platform for the Company’s STMS business.Research business; and test preparation, assessment, certification and training services sold by the Professional Development business which can include bundles of print and digital content and online workflow solutions.
 
WhenThe Company enters into contracts for the Company’s electronicresale of its content is sold through a third party where the Company is generally not the primary obligor withinof the arrangement sincebecause it typically is not responsible for fulfilling the customer’s order ororder;  handling any customer requests or claims. Accordingly, theclaims and/or maintains credit risk. The Company will recognizerecognizes revenue for the sale of its electronic content, through third parties based on the amount billed to the end customer, net of any commission owed to the third party seller of the content.  Revenue is also reported net of any amounts billed to customers foror taxes which are remitted to government authorities.
 
Cash Equivalents: Cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less and are stated at cost plus accrued interest, which approximates market value.
 
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts: The estimated allowance for doubtful accounts is based on a review of the aging of the accounts receivable balances, historical write-off experience, credit evaluations of customers and current market conditions. A change in the evaluation of a customer’s credit could affect the estimated allowance. The allowance for doubtful accounts is shown as a reduction of Accounts Receivable in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position and amounted to $6.9$8.3 million and $19.6$7.9 million as of April 30, 20122015 and 2011,2014, respectively. The decrease was primarily due to the write-off of the Borders accounts receivable which was provided for in fiscal year 2011 as disclosed in Note 9.
 
Sales Return Reserves: The process which the Company uses to determine its sales returns and the related reserve provision charged against revenue is based on applying an estimated return rate to current year returnable print book sales.  This rate is based upon an analysis of actual historical return experience in the various markets and geographic regions in which the Company does business. The Company collects, maintains and analyzes significant amounts of sales returns data for large volumes of homogeneous transactions. This allows the Company to make reasonable estimates of the amount of future returns. All available data is utilized to identify the returns by market and as to which fiscal year the sales returns apply. This enables management to track the returns in detail and identify and react to trends occurring in the marketplace, with the objective of being able to make the most informed judgments possible in setting reserve rates. Associated with the estimated sales return reserves, the Company also includes a related reduction in inventory and royalty costs as a result of the expected returns.
Net print book sales return reserves amounted to $35.8$25.3 million and $48.9$28.6 million as of April 30, 20122015 and 2011,2014, respectively.
69

The reserves are reflected in the following accounts of the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position – increase (decrease): as of April 30:
 
         2012           2011
Accounts Receivable$(48,612) $(65,664)
Inventory7,246 9,485
Accounts and Royalties Payable(5,593) (7,270)
Decrease in Net Assets$(35,773) $(48,909)
57

The decrease in the sales return reserve was principally driven by the Company’s ongoing migration to eBooks, the elimination of the high return Borders account and inventory management by the Company’s customers.
               2015                 2014 
Accounts Receivable$(37,300)$(41,102) 
Inventories6,5556,774 
Accounts and Royalties Payable(5,405)(5,695) 
Decrease in Net Assets$(25,340)$(28,633) 
 
Inventories: Inventories are carried at the lower of cost or market. U.S. book inventories aggregating $60.7$35.7 million and $60.1$41.3 million at April 30, 20122015 and 2011,2014, respectively, are valued using the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method.  All other inventories are valued using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method.
 
Reserve for Inventory Obsolescence: A reserve for inventory obsolescence is estimated based on a review of damaged, obsolete, or otherwise unsalable inventory. The review encompasses historical unit sales trends by title; current market conditions, including estimates of customer demand compared to the number of units currently on hand; and publication revision cycles. The inventory obsolescence reserve is reported as a reduction of the InventoryInventories balance in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position and amounted to $33.9$21.9 million and $36.9$25.1 million as of April 30, 20122015 and 2011,2014, respectively.
 
Product Development Assets:  Product development assets consist of composition costs and royalty advances. Costs associated with developing a publication are expensed until the product is determined to be commercially viable. Composition costs represent the costs incurred to bring an edited commercial manuscript to publication, which include typesetting, proofreading, design, illustration costs, and digital formatting. Composition costs are capitalized and are generally amortized on a double-declining basis over their estimated useful lives, ranging from 1 to 3 years. Royalty advances are capitalized and, upon publication, are recoveredexpensed as royalties earned based on sales of the published works.  Royalty advances are reviewed for recoverability and a reserve for loss is maintained, if appropriate.

Shipping and Handling Costs: Costs incurred for third party shipping and handling are reflected in the Operating and Administrative Expenses line item in the Consolidated Statements of Income. The Company incurred $50.4$42.5 million, $52.5$42.2 million and $55.6$46.0 million in shipping and handling costs in fiscal years 2012, 20112015, 2014 and 2010,2013, respectively.
 
Advertising Expense:  Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. The Company incurred $24.3$40.8 million, $27.1$35.2 million and $26.0$29.2 million in advertising costs in fiscal years 2012, 20112015, 2014 and 2010,2013, respectively.
 
Technology, Property and Equipment: Technology, property and equipment is recorded at cost. Major renewals and improvements are capitalized, while maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.
 
Technology, property and equipment is depreciated using the straight-line method based upon the following estimated useful lives: Buildings and Leasehold Improvements – the lessorlesser of the estimated useful life of the asset up to 40 years or the duration of the lease; Furniture and Fixtures - 3 to 10 years; Computer Hardware and Software - 3 to 10 years.
70

 
Costs incurred for computer software developed or obtained for internal use are capitalized during the application development stage and expensed as incurred during the preliminary project and post-implementation stages. Costs incurred during the application development stage include costs of materials and services, and payroll and payroll-related costs for employees who are directly associated with the software project. Such costs are amortized over the expected useful life of the related software which is generally 3 to 6 years. Maintenance, training, and upgrade costs that do not result in additional functionality are expensed as incurred.
 
58

Allocation of Acquisition Purchase Price to Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed: In connection with acquisitions, the Company allocates the cost of the acquisition to the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed based on the estimates of fair value for such items, including goodwill, other intangible assets and technology acquired. Such estimates include discounted estimated cash flows to be generated by those assets and the expected useful lives based on historical experience, current market trends, and synergies to be achieved from the acquisition and the expected tax basis of assets acquired. The Company may use an independent appraisera third party valuation consultant to assist in the determination of such estimates.
 
Goodwill and Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets: Goodwill is the excess of the purchase price paid over the fair value of the net assets of the business acquired.  IntangibleIndefinite-lived intangible assets principallyprimarily consist of brands, trademarks, content and publicationpublishing rights customer relationships and non-compete agreements.are typically characterized by intellectual property with a long and well-established revenue stream resulting from strong and well-established imprint/brand recognition in the market. Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized but are reviewed annually for impairment, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate the asset might be impaired. The Company evaluates the recoverability of indefinite-lived intangible assets by comparing the fair value of the intangible asset to its carrying value.
 
To evaluate the recoverability of goodwill, the Company uses a two-step impairment test approach at the reporting unit level. In the first step, the estimated fair value of the entire reporting unit is compared to its carrying value including goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying value, a second step is performed to determine the charge for goodwill impairment. In the second step, the Company determines an implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill by determining the fair value of the individual assets and liabilities (including any previouspreviously unrecognized intangible assets) of the reporting unit other than goodwill. The resulting implied fair value of the goodwill is compared to the carrying amount and an impairment charge is recognized for the difference.
 
In certain circumstances, the Company uses a qualitative assessment as an alternative to the two-step test approach. Under this approach certain market, industry and financial performance factors are considered to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If that is the case, the two-step approach described above is then performed to evaluate the recoverability of goodwill.
Intangible Assets with Finite Lives and Other Long-Lived Assets: Finite-lived intangible assets principally consist of brands, trademarks, content and publication rights, customer relationships and non-compete agreements and are amortized over their estimated useful lives. The most significant factors in determining the estimated lifelives of these intangibles isare the history and longevity of the brands, trademarks and content and publication rights acquired, combined with the strength of cash flows. Content and publishing rights that have an indefinite life are typically characterized by intellectual property with a long and well-established revenue stream resulting from strong and well-established imprint/brand recognition in the market. Content and publication rights, trademarks, customer relationships and brands with finite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over periods ranging from 5 to 40 years. Non-compete agreements are amortized over the terms of the individual agreement, generally up to 5 years.
71

 
Intangible assets with finite lives as of April 30, 2015 are amortized on a straight line basis over the following weighted average estimated useful lives: acquiredcontent and publishing rights – 3632 years; customer relationships – 2019 years; brands and trademarks – 11 years; non-compete agreements – 35 years.
 
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets: AssetsAssets with finite lives are only evaluated for impairment upon a significant change in the operating or macroeconomic environment.  In these circumstances, if an evaluation of the projected undiscounted cash flows indicates impairment, the asset is written down to its estimated fair value based on the discounted future cash flows.
 
Derivative Financial Instruments: The Company, from time to time, enters into forward exchange and interest rate swap contracts as a hedge against foreign currency asset and liability commitments, changes in interest rates and anticipated transaction exposures, including intercompany purchases. The Company’sAll derivatives are recognized as assets or liabilities and measured at fair value.  Derivatives that are not determined to be effective hedges are adjusted to fair value with a corresponding chargeadjustment to earnings. The Company does not use financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.
59

 
Foreign Currency Gains/Losses: The Company maintains operations in many non-U.S. locations. Assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars using end of period exchange rates and revenues and expense are translated into U.S. dollars using weighted average rates. The Company’s significant investments in non-U.S. businesses are exposed to foreign currency risk. Foreign currency translation adjustments are accumulated and reported as a separate component of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss within Shareholders’ Equity. The Company’s significant investments in non-U.S. businesses are exposed to foreign currency risk. During fiscal year 2012,2015, the Company recorded $30.2$180.2 million of foreign currency translation losses primarily due to the strengthening of the U.S. dollar relative to the British pound sterling, euro and euro.Australian dollar. Foreign currency transaction gains or losses are recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Income as incurred.
 
Share-Based Compensation: The Company recognizes share-based compensation expense based on the fair value of the share-based awards on the grant date, reduced by an estimate for future forfeited awards.  As such, share-based compensation expense is only recognized for those awards that are expected to ultimately vest. The fair value of share-based awards is recognized in net income on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. Share-based compensation expense associated with performance-based stock awards is based on actual financial results for targets established three years in advance. The cumulative effect on current and prior periods of a change in the estimated number of performance share awards, or estimated forfeiture rate, is recognized as an adjustment to earnings in the period of the revision.
 
Recently Issued Accounting Standards:In October 2009,May 2014, the FASBFinancial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU 2009-132014-09 "Revenue from Contracts with Customers" (Topic 606) (“ASU 2014-09”), and the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”) published its equivalent standard, International Financial Reporting Standard (“IFRS”) 15, “Revenue Recognition (Topic 605): Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements” (“ASU 2009-13”)from Contracts with Customers”. ASU 2009-13 addressesThese joint comprehensive new revenue recognition standards will supersede most existing revenue recognition guidance and are intended to improve and converge revenue recognition and related financial reporting requirements. The standard is effective for the accountingCompany on May 1, 2017 with early adoption prohibited. The standard allows for multiple-deliverable arrangementseither “full retrospective” adoption, meaning the standard is applied to enable vendorsall periods presented, or “cumulative effect” adoption, meaning the standard is applied only to account for products and services separately rather than as a combined unit.  Specifically, this guidance amends the existing criteria for separating consideration receivedmost current period presented in multiple-deliverable arrangements, eliminates the residual method of allocation and requires that arrangement consideration be allocated atfinancial statements. The Company is currently assessing whether the inceptionadoption of the arrangement to all deliverables using the relative selling price method.  The guidance also establishes a hierarchy for determining the selling price of a deliverable, which is based on vendor-specific objective evidence; third-party evidence; or management estimates.  Expanded disclosures related to the Company’s multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements are also required.  The new guidance was adopted by the Company for all revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified on and after May 1, 2011 and did notwill have a significant impact on the Company’sits consolidated financial statements.
In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs” (“ASU 2011-04”) which amends U.S. GAAP to provide common fair value measurement and disclosure requirements with International Financial Reporting Standards.  The Company does not expect ASU 2011-04 to have a significant effect on its current fair value measurements within the consolidated financial statements, however, the new guidance will result in additional disclosures which will include quantitative information about the unobservable inputs used in all Level 3 fair value measurements. ASU 2011-04 will be effective for the Company as of May 1, 2012.
There have been no other new accounting standards issued that have had, or are expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
 
 
6072

 
 
In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-03 "Interest- Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs" (“ASU 2015-03”). The ASU requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented on the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability. Previously, debt issuance costs were recognized as assets on the balance sheet. The recognition and measurement guidance for debt issuance costs are not affected by the amendments in this ASU.  The standard is effective for the Company on May 1, 2016, with early adoption permitted, and requires retrospective application to all prior periods presented in the financial statements.  Although the new guidance will have no impact on the Company’s results of operations, the debt issuance costs presented as assets within the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Financial Position ($1.4 million as of April 30, 2015) will be reclassified as reductions of the related debt liability when the guidance is adopted.
In April 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-05 "Intangibles- Goodwill and Other- Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Fees Paid in Cloud Computing Arrangements" (“ASU 2015-05”). Cloud computing arrangements represent the delivery of hosted services over the internet which include software, platforms, infrastructure and other hosting arrangements. The ASU provides criteria to determine whether the cloud computing arrangement includes a software license. If the criteria are met, the customer will capitalize the fee attributable to the software license portion of the arrangement as internal-use software. If the arrangement does not include a software license, it should be treated as a service contract and expensed as services are received. The standard is effective for the Company on May 1, 2016 with early adoption permitted. An entity can elect to adopt either prospectively for all arrangements entered into after the effective date or retrospectively. The Company is currently assessing whether the adoption of the guidance will have a significant impact on its consolidated financial statements.
Note 3 – Reconciliation of Weighted Average Shares Outstanding
 
A reconciliation of the shares used in the computation of earnings per share for the years ended April 30 follows (in thousands):
 
201220112010                      2015                         2014                         2013
Weighted Average Shares Outstanding60,38760,51558,89759,00458,92559,672
Less: Unearned Restricted Shares(203)(355)(399)(271)(290)(225)
Shares Used for Basic Earnings Per Share60,18460,16058,49858,73358,63559,447
Dilutive Effect of Stock Options and Other Stock Awards1,0881,1991,181861879777
Shares Used for Diluted Earnings Per Share61,27261,35959,67959,59459,51460,224

ForSince their inclusion in the years ended April 30, 2012, 2011, and 2010,calculation of diluted earnings per share would have been anti-dilutive, options to purchase 178,144, 389,400 and 2,716,244 shares of Class A Common Stock of 1,655,362, 411,372 and 1,714,089 respectively, have been excluded from the shares used for diluted earnings per share as their inclusion would have been antidilutive.fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. In addition, for thefiscal years ended April 30, 2012, 20112015 and 2010,2013 unearned restricted shares of 10,000; 1,5002,500 and 14,12823,000, respectively, have been excluded as their inclusion would have been antidilutive.anti-dilutive.

73

 
Note 4 – Inscape Acquisition4- Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
 
Changes in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss by component, net of tax, for the fiscal years ended April 30, 2015 and 2014 were as follows (in thousands):
 Foreign Unamortized Interest  
 Currency Retirement Rate  
 Translation Costs Swaps Total
        
Balance at April 30, 2013$(134,539) $(143,124) $(969) $(278,632)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications67,875 10,464 (431) 77,908
Reclassification of amounts to Consolidated Statements of Income- 9,635 798 10,433
Total other comprehensive income67,875 20,099 367 88,341
Balance at April 30, 2014$(66,664) $(123,025) $(602) $(190,291)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications(180,190) (42,347) (783) (223,320)
Reclassification of amounts to Consolidated Statements of Income- 5,938 1,040 6,978
Total other comprehensive income (loss)(180,190) (36,409) 257 (216,342)
Balance at April 30, 2015$(246,854) $(159,434) $(345) $(406,633)
For the fiscal years ended April 30, 2015 and 2014, pre-tax actuarial losses included in Unamortized Retirement Costs of approximately $7.8 million and $13.4 million, respectively, were amortized from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss and recognized as pension expense in Operating and Administrative Expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
Note 5 – Acquisitions
CrossKnowledge:
On February 16, 2012,May 1, 2014, the Company acquired all of the stock of Inscape Holdings, Inc.CrossKnowledge Group Limited (“Inscape”CrossKnowledge”) for approximately $85$166 million in cash, net of cash acquired. InscapeCrossKnowledge is a leading provider of workplace learning solutions including DiSC®-basedprovider focused on leadership and managerial skills development that offers subscription-based, digital learning solutions for global corporations, universities, and small and medium-sized enterprises. CrossKnowledge’s solutions include a variety of managerial and leadership skills assessments, courses, certifications, content and executive training products,programs that develop critical interpersonal business skills.are delivered on a cloud-based LMS platform with over 19,000 learning objects in 17 languages. CrossKnowledge serves over five million end-users in 80 countries. CrossKnowledge reported approximately $37 million of revenue and approximately $5 million of operating income in its fiscal year ended June 30, 2013. For the fiscal year ended April 30, 2015, CrossKnowledge’s revenue and operating loss included in Wiley’s results was $42.0 million and $5.1 million, respectively. The acquisition will enable Wiley’s Professional/Trade business to capitalize on both companies’ content, assets, and relationships, enhance its global reach, and move more rapidly into digital delivery within the growing workplace learning and assessment market. Inscape was generating approximately $20$166 million annually in revenue prior to the acquisition. The purchase price of $85 million was allocated $56.8 million to Goodwill, $43.9 million to identifiable long-lived intangible assets, comprised primarily ofmainly customer relationships and content ($63.0 million); technology and trademarks, with the remainder allocated to($6.3 million); long-term deferred tax liabilities ($21.5 million); negative working capital ($4.3 million); and working capital.goodwill ($122.5 million). The customer relationships, content,fair value of intangible assets and technology acquired was based on management’s assessment performed with the assistance of a third party valuation consultant. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired and trademarkscomprises the estimated value of CrossKnowledge’s workforce, unidentifiable intangible assets and the fair value of expected synergies. None of the goodwill is deductible for tax purposes. The identifiable long-lived intangible assets are beingprimarily amortized over a weighted average estimated useful life of approximately 15 years. The acquisition was funded through the use of the Company’s existing credit facility and available cash balances. The Company finalized its purchase accounting for CrossKnowledge as of April 30, 2015.
74

Profiles International:
On April 1, 2014, the Company acquired all of the stock of Profiles International (“Profiles”) for approximately $47.5 million in cash, net of cash acquired.  Profiles provides pre-employment assessment and selection tools that enable employers to optimize candidate selections and develop the full potential of their employees. Solutions include pre-hire assessments, including those designed to measure and match personality, knowledge, skills, managerial fit, loyalty, and values; and post-hire assessments, focused on measuring sales and managerial effectiveness, employee performance and career potential. Profiles serves approximately 4,000 corporate clients and millions of end users in over 120 countries, with assessments available in 32 languages. The $47.5 million purchase price was allocated to identifiable long-lived intangible assets, mainly customer relationships and assessment content ($22.9 million); technology; ($2.7 million); long-term deferred tax liabilities ($9.7 million); a credit to short-term deferred tax assets ($2.9 million); negative working capital ($5.9 million) and goodwill ($40.4 million). The fair value of intangible assets and technology acquired was based on management’s assessment performed with the assistance of a third party valuation consultant. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired and comprises the estimated value of Profile’s workforce, unidentifiable intangible assets and the fair value of expected synergies. None of the goodwill is deductible for tax purposes. The identifiable long-lived intangible assets are primarily amortized over a weighted average estimated useful life of approximately 13 years. The Company finalized its purchase accounting for Profiles as of March 31, 2015. Profiles contributed $23.3 million and $1.9 million to the Company’s revenue for fiscal years 2015 and 2014, respectively.
Efficient Learning Systems:
On November 1, 2012, the Company acquired all of the stock of Efficient Learning Systems, Inc. (“ELS”) for approximately $24 million in cash, net of cash acquired. ELS is an e-learning system provider focused in the areas of professional finance and accounting.  ELS’ flagship product, CPAexcel, is a modular, digital platform comprised of online self-study, videos, mobile apps, and sophisticated planning tools that has helped over 65,000 professionals prepare for the CPA exam since 1998. The $24 million purchase price was allocated to identifiable long-lived intangible assets ($6.5 million); technology ($3.6 million); long-term deferred tax liabilities ($2.9 million); and Goodwill ($17.0 million); with the remainder allocated to working capital. The fair value of intangible assets and technology acquired was based on management’s assessment performed with the assistance of a third party valuation consultant. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired and comprises the estimated value of ELS’ workforce, unidentifiable intangible assets and the fair value of expected synergies. None of the goodwill is deductible for tax purposes. The identifiable long-lived intangible assets are primarily amortized over a weighted average estimated useful life of approximately 15 years. The Company finalized its purchase accounting for ELS as of April 30, 2013.  ELS contributed $8.8 million, $8.0 million, and $3.7 million to the Company’s revenue for fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
75

Deltak:
On October 25, 2012, the Company acquired all of the stock of Deltak.edu, LLC (“Deltak”) for approximately $220 million in cash, net of cash acquired. Deltak works in close partnership with leading colleges and universities to develop and support online degree and certificate programs. The business provides technology platforms and services including market research to validate program demand, instructional design, marketing, and student recruitment and retention services to leading national and regional colleges and universities throughout the United States.  The $220 million purchase price was allocated to identifiable long-lived intangible assets ($99.4 million) comprised primarily of institutional relationships; long-term deferred tax liabilities ($34.4 million); and Goodwill ($150.0 million); with the remainder allocated to technology and working capital. The fair value of intangible assets and technology acquired was based on management’s assessment performed with the assistance of a third party valuation consultant. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired and comprises the estimated value of Deltak’s workforce, unidentifiable intangible assets and the fair value of expected synergies. None of the goodwill is deductible for tax purposes. The identifiable long-lived intangible assets are primarily amortized over a weighted average estimated useful life of approximately 20 years. The Company finalized its purchase accounting for Deltak as of April 30, 2013. Deltak contributed $81.6 million, $70.2 million, and $33.7 million to the Company’s revenue for fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
Unaudited pro formaproforma financial information has not been presented for any of these acquisitions since the effects of the acquisitions were not material on either an individualindividually or aggregate basis. The purchase accounting was substantially completed as of April 30, 2012. The Company does not anticipate any significant adjustments to finalizein the purchase accounting.aggregate.
 
Note 6 – Restructuring Charges
In fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Company recorded pre-tax restructuring charges of $28.8 million, or $20.3 million after tax ($0.34 per share), $42.7 million, or $28.3 million after tax ($0.48 per share) and $29.3 million, or $19.8 million after tax ($0.33 per share), respectively, which are reflected in the Restructuring Charges line item in the Consolidated Statements of Income and described in more detail below:
Restructuring and Reinvestment Program:
In fiscal year 2013, the Company initiated a program (the “Restructuring and Reinvestment Program”) to restructure and realign its cost base with current and anticipated future market conditions.  The Company is targeting a majority of the cost savings achieved to improve margins and earnings, while the remainder will be reinvested in high growth digital business opportunities.
The following table summarizes the pre-tax restructuring charges related to this program (in thousands):
 2015 2014 2013 Total Charges Incurred to Date
Charges by Segment:       
Research$4,555 $7,774 $2,896 $15,225
Professional Development4,385 11,860 6,284 22,529
Education1,571 891 1,118 3,580
Shared Services18,293 22,197 14,154 54,644
Total Restructuring Charges$28,804 $42,722 $24,452 $95,978
        
Charges by Activity:       
Severance$17,093 $25,962 $19,706 $62,761
Process reengineering consulting301 8,556 2,618 11,475
Other activities11,410 8,204 2,128 21,742
Total Restructuring Charges$28,804 $42,722 $24,452 $95,978
Other Activities mainly reflect lease and other contract termination costs and the curtailment of the U.K. and Canadian defined benefit pension plans in fiscal year 2015 and the U.S defined benefit pension plan in fiscal year 2013.

76

The following table summarizes the activity for the Restructuring and Reinvestment Program liability in fiscal year 2015 (in thousands):
     Foreign 
                    April 30,   Translation &                   April 30,
                      2014                   Charges                Payments Reclassifications                    2015
Severance$29,255$17,093$(26,716) $(838)$18,794
Process reengineering consulting722301(1,024) 1-
Other activities4,99511,410(4,601) 5511,859
Total$34,972$28,804$(32,341) $(782)$30,653
The restructuring liability for accrued Severance costs is reflected in Accrued Employment Costs in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position while the liability for Process reengineering consulting costs are reflected in Other Accrued Liabilities. Approximately $0.3 million and $11.6 million of the Other Activities are reflected in Other Accrued Liabilities and Other Long-Term Liabilities, respectively.
Other Restructuring Programs:
As part of the Company’s ongoing transition and transformation to digital products and services, certain activities were identified in fiscal year 2013 that were discontinued, outsourced, or relocated to lower cost regions.  As a result, the Company recorded a pre-tax restructuring charge of approximately $4.8 million, or $3.5 million after tax ($0.06 per share), for redundancy and separation benefits. Approximately $3.0 million, $1.3 million and $0.2 million of the restructuring charge was recorded within the Research, Professional Development and Education reporting segments, respectively, with the remainder recognized in Shared Services costs. In fiscal year 2014, the Company completed all remaining payments under the program.
Note 7 – Impairment Charges
Technology Investments
In fiscal year 2014, the Company terminated a multi-year software development program for an internal operations application due to a change in the Company’s longer-term enterprise systems plans. As a result, the Company recorded an asset impairment charge for previously capitalized software costs related to the program of $4.8 million, or $3.4 million after tax ($0.06 per share).
In fiscal year 2013, the Company identified certain technology investments which no longer fit the Company’s technology strategy. As a result, the Company recorded an asset impairment charge of $5.3 million, or $3.2 million after-tax ($0.05 per share), to write-off the full carrying value of the related assets.
Consumer Publishing Programs
In fiscal year 2013, the Company began accounting for its culinary, CliffsNotes, and Webster’s New World Dictionary consumer publishing programs as Assets Held for Sale. The Company recorded an impairment charge of $12.1 million, or $7.5 million after tax ($0.12 per share), in fiscal year 2013 to reduce the carrying value of the assets within these programs to approximately $9.9 million, which represented their fair value based on the estimated sales price, less costs to sell. As discussed in Note 8, on November 5, 2012, the Company completed a sale to Houghton Mifflin Harcourt for $11.0 million in cash, which approximated the carrying value of related assets sold.
In addition, in fiscal year 2013, the Company recorded a pre-tax impairment charge of $3.4 million, or $2.1 million after tax ($0.04 per share) to reduce the carrying value of inventory and royalty advances within its other consumer publishing programs to their estimated realizable value.
77

Controlled Circulation Publishing Assets
In fiscal year 2013, the Company identified certain controlled circulation publishing programs that no longer aligned with the Company’s long-term strategy, shifting key resources from these programs to other publishing programs within the Research segment. As a result, the Company performed an impairment test on the intangible assets related to these controlled circulation publishing programs in fiscal year 2013, which resulted in a $9.9 million impairment charge, or $8.2 million after tax ($0.14 per share). The intangible assets principally consisted of acquired publication rights. The impairment charge resulted in a full write-off of the carrying value of these intangible assets based on their estimated fair values as determined by the Company utilizing a discounted cash flow analysis.
Note 8 – Gain (Net of Losses) on Sale of Consumer Publishing Programs
Sale of Travel Publishing Program
On August 31, 2012, the Company sold its travel publishing program, including all of its interests in the Frommer’s, Unofficial Guides, and WhatsonWhen brands to Google, Inc. for $22 million in cash, of which $3.3 million was held in escrow. As a result, the Company recorded a $9.8 million pre-tax gain on the sale, or $6.2 million after tax ($0.10 per share), in fiscal year 2013. In connection with the sale, the Company also entered into a transition services agreement which ended on December 31, 2013. Fees earned by the Company in fiscal year 2013 in connection with the service agreement were $0.5 million. The escrow was released to the Company in fiscal year 2014.
Sale of Culinary, CliffsNotes and Webster’s New World Publishing Programs
On November 5, 2012, the Company completed the sale of the Company’s culinary, CliffsNotes, and Webster’s New World Dictionary consumer publishing programs to Houghton Mifflin Harcourt for $11.0 million in cash, which approximated the carrying value of related assets sold, of which $1.1 million was held in escrow.  In connection with the sale, the Company also entered into a transition services agreement which ended on March 5, 2013.  Fees earned by the Company in fiscal year 2013 in connection with the service agreement were $1.5 million. The escrow was released to the Company in fiscal year 2015.
Sale of Other Consumer Publishing Programs
In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013, the Company completed the sale of its other consumer publishing programs to various buyers for approximately $1.0 million in cash and a limited future royalty interest. The Company recorded an aggregate $3.8 million pre-tax loss on the sales, or $3.6 million after tax ($0.06 per share) in fiscal year 2013.
Note 9 – Inventories
 
Inventories at April 30 were as follows (in thousands):

20122011                           2015                           2014 
Finished Goods$86,954$87,080$52,705$62,071 
Work-in-Process6,4877,8506,5526,041 
Paper, Cloth, and Other8,0727,9404,6765,476 
101,513102,87063,93373,588 
Inventory Value of Estimated Sales Returns7,2469,4856,5556,774 
LIFO Reserve(7,522)(5,932)(6,709)(4,867) 
Total Inventories$101,237$106,423$63,779$75,495 
 
See Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Sales Return Reserves for a discussion of the Inventory Value Fromof Estimated Sales Returns.
 
 
6178

 
 
Note 610 – Product Development Assets
 
Product development assets consisted of the following at April 30 (in thousands):

20122011                          2015                             2014 
Composition Costs$54,844$54,162$41,280$45,603 
Royalty Advances53,57055,39228,30937,337 
Total$108,414$109,554$69,589$82,940 

Composition costs are net of accumulated amortization of $178.2$198.2 million and $160.8$201.4 million as of April 30, 20122015 and 2011,2014, respectively.

 
Note 711 – Technology, Property and Equipment

Technology, property and equipment consisted of the following at April 30 (in thousands):

20122011                          2015                           2014 
Capitalized Software and Computer Hardware$379,034$331,387$460,199$396,512 
Buildings and Leasehold Improvements98,63595,53786,22594,018 
Furniture, Fixtures and Warehouse Equipment82,67876,16760,46051,449 
Land and Land Improvements4,187   4,3603,8204,367 
564,534507,451610,704546,346 
Accumulated Depreciation/Amortization(376,555)(341,910)
Accumulated Depreciation(417,694)(357,628) 
Total$187,979$165,541$193,010$188,718 
 
The net book value of capitalized software costs was $88.9$121.9 million and $69.9$103.9 million as of April 30, 20122015 and 2011,2014, respectively. Depreciation/AmortizationDepreciation expense recognized in 2012, 2011,fiscal years 2015, 2014, and 20102013 for capitalized software costs was approximately $26.0$42.1 million, $22.6$36.5 million and $18.4$33.1 million, respectively.
 
 
Note 812 - Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The following table summarizes the activity in goodwill by segment as of April 30 (in thousands):

 2011AcquisitionsForeign Translation Adjustment2012
STMS$483,433$          -$(8,856)$474,577
P/T159,46556,847(270)216,042
Total$642,898$56,847$(9,126)$690,619
                  2014AcquisitionsForeign Translation Adjustment                2015
Research$485,1812,921$(40,776)$447,326
Professional Development     268,658         124,036(27,479)       365,215
Education      149,826--       149,826
Total$903,665$126,957$(68,255)$962,367
 
The goodwill acquired relates toacquisitions for Professional Development mainly reflect the Company’s acquisition of Inscape as discussed in Note 4.CrossKnowledge acquisition.

 
6279

 
 
Intangible assets as of April 30 were as follows (in thousands):

                              2012                            2011 2015 2014
 
 
  Cost
Accumulated
Amortization
 
 
    Cost
Accumulated Amortization 
 
Cost
Accumulated
Amortization
 
 
Cost
Accumulated
Amortization
Intangible Assets with Determinable Lives        
Content and Publishing Rights    $794,986$(227,934)    $779,135$(195,586)    $781,618   $(299,022)    $834,932$(299,105)
Customer Relationships 225,239(43,967) 195,085(32,790)
Brands & Trademarks 22,374(8,401) 18,814(6,944) 30,008(13,225) 24,000(9,284)
Covenants not to Compete 790(484) 350(297) 1,343(677) 1,490(767)
Customer Relationships 83,477(17,240) 64,129(13,972)
 901,627(254,059) 862,428(216,799) 1,038,208(356,891) 1,055,507(341,946)
Intangible Assets with Indefinite Lives        
Brands & Trademarks 152,332- 164,202-
Content and Publishing Rights 102,031- 111,908- 83,972- 106,898-
Brands & Trademarks 165,896- 175,193-
 $1,169,554$(254,059) $1,149,529$(216,799) $1,274,512$(356,891) $1,326,607$(341,946)

The change in intangible assets at April 30, 2012 compared to April 30, 2011 is primarily due to the Inscape acquisition described in Note 4, foreign exchange translation and amortization expense.

Based on the current amount of intangible assets subject to amortization and assuming current foreign exchange rates, the estimated amortization expense for each of the succeeding five fiscal years are as follows: 2013 - $40.7 million; 2014 - $38.0 million; 2015 - $32.0 million; 2016 - $30.6$48 million; 2017 - $47 million; 2018 – $44 million; 2019 - $41 million and 2017 – $29.42020 - $35 million.
Note 9 - Additional Provision for Doubtful Trade Account
In fiscal year 2011, the Company recorded a pre-tax bad debt provision of $9.3 million, or $6.0 million after-tax ($0.10 per diluted share), related to the Company’s customer, Borders Group, Inc. (“Borders”). The net charge was reflected in the Additional Provision for Doubtful Trade Account line item in the Consolidated Statements of Income and represented the difference between the Company’s outstanding receivable with Borders, net of existing reserves and recoveries. There were no additional charges or bad debt expense with respect to this customer. On February 16, 2011, Borders filed a petition for reorganization relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy code.
Note 10 - Impairment and Restructuring Charges
In fiscal year 2010, the Company recognized intangible asset impairment and restructuring charges of $15.1 million, or $10.6 million after-tax ($0.17 per diluted share), which is reflected in the Impairment and Restructuring Charges line item in the Consolidated Statements of Income and described in more detail below.
Impairment Charges
GIT Verlag, a business-to-business German-language controlled circulation magazine business, was acquired by the Company in 2002. As part of a strategic review of certain non-core businesses within the STMS reporting segment, the Company considered alternatives for GIT Verlag during fiscal year 2010 due to the economic outlook for the print advertising business in German language publishing. As a result of the review, the Company performed an impairment test on the intangible assets related to GIT Verlag which resulted in an $11.5 million pre-tax impairment charge in fiscal year 2010. This impairment charge reduced the carrying value of the content and publication rights of GIT Verlag, which was classified as an indefinite-lived intangible asset, to its fair value of $7.7 million. Concurrent with the strategic review and impairment, the Company classified the remaining content and publication rights as a finite-lived intangible asset which is being amortized over a 10 year period. The Company also identified a similar decline in the economic outlook for three smaller business-to-business controlled circulation advertising magazines. An impairment test on the intangible assets associated with those magazines resulted in an additional $0.9 million pre-tax impairment charge in fiscal year 2010 that reduced the intangible assets carrying values of these magazines to their fair value of $0.5 million. No further impairment provision was required.
 
 
63

Restructuring Charges
After considering a number of strategic alternatives for the GIT Verlag business, the Company implemented a restructuring plan in fiscal year 2010 to reduce certain staff levels and the number of magazines published. As a result, the Company recorded a pre-tax restructuring charge of approximately $1.6 million within the STMS reporting segment in fiscal year 2010 for GIT Verlag severance costs. The Company also recorded severance costs of approximately $1.1 million related to the off-shoring and outsourcing of certain central marketing and content management activities to Singapore and other countries in Asia. There were no additional restructuring charges related to these programs and all severance payments were substantially completed in fiscal year 2011.
Note 1113 - Income Taxes
 
The provisionprovisions for income taxes for the years endingended April 30 were as follows (in thousands):

201220112010                         2015                          2014                           2013
Current Provision  
US – Federal $11,253 $15,563 $19,976 $27,137 $13,541 $23,835
International43,01735,913 25,46027,61334,51934,019
State and Local2,0491,988  1,749  1,007  (733)2,091
Total Current Provision$56,319$53,464    $47,185$55,757$47,327$59,945
Deferred Provision (Benefit)  
US – Federal$9,736  $6,164  $5,536$(7,554)$(1,748)$(11,312)
International(7,820)2,040  3,286606(10,008)(5,553)
State and Local1,114(2,497)  659(216)(547)(383)
Total Deferred Provision $3,030 $5,707 $9,481
Total Deferred (Benefit) $(7,164) $(12,303) $(17,248)
Total Provision$59,349$59,171$56,666$48,593$35,024$42,697

 
International and United States pretax income for the years endingended April 30, 2015 were as follows (in thousands):

201220112010                       2015                       2014                          2013
International  $171,315  $162,767$133,088  $165,085  $159,442  $156,114
United States100,78068,293   67,12160,37636,09230,808
Total $272,095 $231,060$200,209 $225,461 $195,534 $186,922
 
 
6480

 
 
The Company’s effective income tax rate as a percentage of pretax income differed from the U.S. federal statutory rate as shown below:
 
 201220112010
U.S. Federal Statutory Rate35.0%35.0%35.0%
State Income Taxes, Net of U.S. Federal Tax Benefit0.8(0.1)0.8
Benefit from Lower Taxes on Non-US Income(6.8)(7.6)(8.9)
Deferred Tax Benefit From Statutory Tax Rate  Change(3.2)(1.8)-
Tax Adjustments(4.0)(0.9)-
Other-1.01.4
Effective Income Tax Rate21.8%25.6%28.3%
                           2015                            2014                            2013
U.S. Federal Statutory Rate35.0%35.0%35.0%
Benefit from Lower Taxes on Non-U.S. Income(11.9)(10.8)(9.3)
State Income Taxes, Net of U.S. Federal Tax Benefit0.30.40.6
Deferred Tax Benefit From Statutory Tax Rate Change-(5.4)(4.5)
Tax Adjustments and Other(1.8)(1.3)1.0
Effective Income Tax Rate21.6%17.9%22.8%
 
Deferred Tax Benefit from Statutory Tax Rate Change:  In fiscal years 20122014 and 2011,2013, the Company recognizedrecorded non-cash deferred tax benefits of $8.8$10.6 million ($0.18 per share), and $8.4 million ($0.14 per diluted share) and $4.2 million ($0.07 per diluted share), respectfully, principally associated with new tax legislation enacted in the United Kingdom (“U.K.”) that reduced the U.K. statutory income tax rates by 2%3% and 1%2%, respectively. The benefits reflect the remeasurementmeasurement of all applicable U.K deferred tax balances to the new income tax rates as of 21% effective April 1, 20122014 and 2011, respectively.20% effective April 1, 2015.
 
Tax Adjustments:Adjustments and Other:  In fiscal years 20122015, 2014 and 2011,2013, the Company recorded tax benefits of $10.9$0.7 million, $2.6 million and $2.0$0.7 million, respectively, related to the expiration of the statute of limitations and favorable resolutions of certain federal, state and foreign tax matters with tax authorities. FiscalIn addition, in fiscal year 2012 includes2015, the releaseCompany recognized a non-recurring tax benefit of $3.1 million related to tax deductions claimed on the write-up of certain foreign tax assets to fair market value. In fiscal 2013, in addition to the tax benefit recorded of $0.7 million, the Company recorded a $7.5tax charge of $2.1 million incomedue to published IRS tax reserve that was originally recordedpositions related to the Company’s ability to take certain deductions in conjunction with the purchase accounting for the Blackwell acquisition.U.S.

Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes:
As of April 30, 20122015 and April 30, 2011,2014, the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits were $24.3$19.3 million and $38.1$23.8 million, respectively, of which $3.0 million and $6.2$3.2 million represented accruals for interest and penalties recorded as additional tax expense in accordance with the Company’s accounting policy. Within the income tax provision for fiscal years 20122015 and 2011,2014, the Company recorded net interest income/(expense) and penaltiesexpense on thereserves for unrecognized and recognized tax benefits of $1.6$0.5 million and ($0.8)$0.1 million, respectively. As of April 30, 20122015 and April 30, 2011,2014, the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits that if recognized, would reduce the Company’s income tax provision, if recognized, were approximately $22.6$18.8 million and $35.0$23.2 million, respectively. The Company does not expect any significant changes to the unrecognized tax benefits within the next 12twelve months.

A reconciliation of the unrecognized tax benefits included within the Other Long-Term Liabilities line item in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position are as follows (in thousands):
 
20122011                           2015                           2014
Balance at May 1st$38,100$37,612$23,826$25,501
Additions for Current Year Tax Positions375459503934
Additions for Prior Year Tax Positions1,1051,2245191,070
Reductions for Prior Year Tax Positions(1,521)(2,381)(595)(3,209)
Foreign Translation Adjustment(1,681)1,653(4,207)1,111
Payments-(496)
Reductions for Lapse of Statute of Limitations(12,126)(467)(697)(1,085)
Balance at April 30th  $24,252  $38,100 $19,349 $23,826
 
65
81

 
 
Tax Audits:
The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. and various states and non-U.S. tax jurisdictions. The Company’s major taxing jurisdictions include the United States, the United Kingdom and Germany. Other than the Company’s German subsidiaries, theThe Company is no longer subject to income tax examinations for years prior to fiscal year 20092010 in the major jurisdictions in which the Company is subject to tax. The CompanyCompany’s last completed the U.S. federal audit was for fiscal years 2006 through 2009, resultingwhich resulted in minimal adjustments principally related to temporary differences. The IRS is currently auditing the fiscal year 2013 U.S. Federal income tax return.
 
In fiscal year 2003, the Company merged several of its German subsidiaries into a new operating entity which enabled the Company to increase (“step-up”) the tax deductible net asset basis of the merged subsidiaries to fair market value. The Company completedexpected tax benefits to be derived from the step-up are approximately 50 million euros claimed as amortization over 15 years beginning in fiscal year 2003.
In May 2012, as part of its routine tax audit process, the German tax audit for fiscal years 2003 through 2007 and audits have commenced for fiscal years 2008 and 2009. The German tax authorities notified the Company in May 2012 that they are challengingfiled a challenge to the Company’s tax position with respect to the step upamortization of certain stepped-up assets. Under German tax law, the tax deductible basis forCompany must pay all contested taxes and the Company’s German-related assets that occurredrelated interest to have the right to defend its position. As a result, the Company made deposits of five million and nine million euros in fiscal year 2003years 2015 and the corresponding2014, respectively, related to amortization claimed as aon certain “stepped-up” assets. The Company has made all required payments to date with total deposits paid of 48 million euros through April 30, 2015. The Company expects that it will be required to deposit additional amounts up to ten million euros plus interest for tax benefit.returns to be filed in future periods until the issue is resolved.
In October 2014, the Company received an unfavorable decision from the local finance court and is in the process of appealing the court decision. The Company’s management and its advisors continue to believe that itthe Company is “more likely than not” to successfully defend that the tax treatment was proper and in accordance with German tax regulations. See Note 19 “Subsequent Event”As such, the Company has not recorded any charges related to the loss of the step-up benefit. The Company filed its appeal in January 2015. Resolution of the appeal is expected to take 18 to 24 months from January 2015. If the Company is ultimately successful, as expected, the tax deposits will be returned with 6% simple interest, based on current German legislation. As of April 30, 2015, the USD equivalent of the deposits and accrued interest was $57.1 million, which is recorded as Income Tax Deposits in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. The Company records the accrued interest income at 6% within the Provision for further information.Income Taxes in the Consolidated Statements of Income which amounted to $1.8 million, $1.7 million and $0.9 million for fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
 
Deferred Taxes:
Deferred taxes result from temporary differences in the recognition of revenue and expense for tax and financial reporting purposes.  It is more likely than not that the results of future operations will generate sufficient taxable income to realize the deferred tax assets. The significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities at April 30 were as follows (in thousands):
 
 20122011
Inventory$7,185$5,921
Intangible and Fixed Assets276,035267,570
Total Deferred Tax Liabilities$283,220$273,491
   
Net Operating Losses$6,297$6,970
Reserve for Sales Returns and Doubtful Accounts5,5777,054
Accrued Expenses6,1579,599
Accrued Employee Compensation30,94630,300
Retirement and Post-Employment Benefits48,18828,069
Total  Deferred Tax Assets$97,165$81,992
   
Net Deferred Tax Liabilities$186,055$191,499
82


                         2015                        2014
   
Inventories       $5,230$5,494
Intangible and Fixed Assets       297,323303,003
Total Deferred Tax Liabilities$302,553$308,497
   
Net Operating Losses$4,599$6,538
Reserve for Sales Returns and Doubtful Accounts6,9227,965
Accrued Employee Compensation28,09333,227
Other Accrued Expenses14,5839,981
Retirement and Post-Employment Benefits62,38546,902
Total  Deferred Tax Assets$116,582$104,613
Net Deferred Tax Liabilities$185,971$203,884
   
Reported As  
Current Deferred Tax Assets$9,981$11,836
Non-current Deferred Tax Assets2,9956,762
Non-current  Deferred  Tax Liabilities198,947222,482
Net Deferred Tax Liabilities$185,971$203,884
Pretax earnings of a non-U.S. subsidiary or affiliate are subject to U.S. taxation when repatriated. The Company intends to reinvest earnings outside the U.S. except in instances where repatriating such earnings would result in no additional tax. Accordingly, the Company has not recognized U.S. tax expense on non-U.S. earnings. At April 30, 2012,2015, the accumulated undistributed earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries approximated $432$732 million. It is not practical to determine the U.S. income tax liability that would be payable if such earnings were not indefinitely reinvested.
 
 
66

Note 1214 - Debt and Available Credit Facilities

Outstanding debt and available credit facilities consisted of the following asAs of April 30, (in thousands):

 20122011
Revolving Credit Facility$475,000$11,200
Term Loan-443,000
Total Debt475,000454,200
Less: Current Portion-(123,700)
Total Long-Term Debt$475,000$330,500
2015 and 2014, the Company’s debt of approximately $750.1 million and $700.1 million, respectively consisted of amounts due under the following revolving credit facilities:
 
On November 2, 2011,As of April 30, 2015 and 2014, the Company amended and restated its existingmaintained a credit facility with Bank of America - Merrill Lynch and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc as joint lead arrangers and Bank of America as administrative agent. The new agreement currently consists of a $700$940 million five-year senior revolving credit facility due on November 2, 2016. Under the agreement, which can be drawn in multiple currencies. The proceeds ofcurrencies, the new revolving credit facility were used to pay down the Company’s prior credit facility and meet seasonal operating cash requirements. The Company has the option of borrowing at the following floating interest rates:  (i) at a rate based on the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus an applicable margin ranging from 1.05% to 1.65%, depending on the Company’s consolidated leverage ratio, as defined, or (ii) for U.S. dollar-denominated loans only, at the lender’s base rate plus an applicable margin ranging from zero to 0.65%, depending on the Company’s consolidated leverage ratio.  The lender’s base rate is defined as the highest of (i) the U.S. federal funds effective rate plus a 0.50% margin, (ii) the Eurocurrency rate, as defined, plus a 1.00% margin, or (iii) the Bank of America prime lending rate.  In addition, the Company will paypays a facility fee ranging from 0.20% to 0.35% depending on the Company’s consolidated leverage ratio.  The Company also has the option to request aan additional credit limit increase of up to $250$160 million in minimum increments of $50 million, subject to the approval of the lenders. The amended credit agreement contains certain restrictive covenants related to the Company’s consolidated leverage ratio and interest coverage ratio, which the Company was in compliance with as of April 30, 2012.2015. Due to the fact that there are no principal payments due until the end of the amended agreement in fiscal year 2017, the Company has classified its entire debt obligation related to this facility as long-term which was approximately $650.0 million and $700.1 million as of April 30, 2012.   2015 and 2014, respectively.
83

On October 31, 2014, the Company entered into a U.S. dollar facility with TD Bank, N.A. which is equally ranked with the Company’s existing agreement with Bank of America - Merrill Lynch and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, and Santander Bank. The new agreement consists of a $50 million 364-day revolving credit facility. The facility was fully drawn as of April 30, 2015. The borrowing rate is LIBOR plus an applicable margin ranging from 0.80% to 1.40%, and a facility fee will be due on any undrawn amounts ranging from 0.125% to 0.30%, both depending on the Company consolidated leverage ratio, as defined. The credit agreement contains certain restrictive covenants related to the Company’s consolidated leverage ratio and interest coverage ratio, which the Company was in compliance with as of April 30, 2015. The proceeds of the new revolving credit facility were used to pay a portion of the Company’s existing revolving credit facility and meet seasonal operating cash requirements.
On December 22, 2014, the Company entered into a $50 million 364-day U.S. dollar revolving credit facility reinstated every 30 days with Santander Bank, N.A. which is equally ranked with the Company’s existing agreement with Bank of America - Merrill Lynch and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, and TD Bank, N.A.. The facility was fully drawn as of April 30, 2015. The borrowing rate is LIBOR plus a margin of 1.00%. The proceeds of the new revolving credit facility were used to pay a portion of the Company’s existing revolving credit facilities and meet seasonal operating cash requirements.
 
The Company and its subsidiaries have other short-term lines of credit aggregating $9.7$13.0 million at various interest rates. NoOutstanding borrowings under thethese credit lines were outstandingapproximately $0.1 million as of April 30, 2012 or 2011. 2015. There were no outstanding borrowings under these credit lines as of April 30, 2014.
The Company’s total available lines of credit as of April 30, 20122015 were approximately $710$1,053.0 million, of which approximately $235$302.9 million was unused. The weighted average interest rates on long-termtotal debt outstanding during fiscal years 20122015 and 20112014 were 1.60%1.93% and 2.46%1.82%, respectively. As of April 30, 20122015 and 2011,2014, the weighted average interest rates for the long-termtotal debt were 2.01%1.77% and 1.21%1.99%, respectively. Based on estimates of interest rates currently available to the Company for loans with similar terms and maturities, the fair value of the Company’s long-term debt approximates its carrying value.
 
Note 1315 – Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities
 
The Company, from time-to-time, enters into forward exchange and interest rate swap contracts as a hedge against foreign currency asset and liability commitments, changes in interest rates and anticipated transaction exposures, including intercompany purchases. All derivatives are recognized as assets or liabilities and measured at fair value.  Derivatives that are not determined to be effective hedges are adjusted to fair value with a corresponding adjustment to earnings. The Company does not use financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes.
 
67

Interest Rate Contracts:
The Company had approximately $475.0$750.0 million of variable rate loans outstanding at April 30, 2012,2015, which approximated fair value. As of April 30, 2012,2015 and 2014, the Company maintained two interest rate swap agreements thatmaintained by the Company were designated as fully effective cash flow hedges as defined under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 815 “Derivatives and Hedging.” The Company also maintained two additional interest rate swap agreements that expired during fiscal year 2011 which were also designated as fully effective cash flow hedges. As a result, there was no impact on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income forfrom changes in the fair value of the interest rate swaps.swaps as they were fully offset by changes in the interest expense on the underlying variable rate debt instruments. Under ASC 815, fully effective derivative instruments that are designated as cash flow hedges have changes in their fair value recorded initially within Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. As interest expense is recognized based on the variable rate loan agreements, the corresponding deferred gain or loss on the interest rate swaps is reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss to Interest Expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income. It is management’s intention that the notional amount of interest rate swaps be less than the variable rate loans outstanding during the life of the derivatives.

On February 16, 2007, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement which fixed variable interest due on a portion of its term loan (“Term Loan”). Under the terms of the agreement, the Company paid a fixed rate of 5.076% and received a variable rate of interest based on three month LIBOR (as defined) from the counterparty which was reset every three months for a four-year period ending February 8, 2011, the date that the swap expired.
84

 
On October 19, 2007, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement which fixed a portion of the variable interest due on its revolving credit facility (“Revolving Credit Facility”).  Under the terms of this interest rate swap, the Company paid a fixed rate of 4.60% and received a variable rate of interest based on three month LIBOR (as defined) from the counterparty which was reset every three months for a three-year period. This interest rate swap expired on August 8, 2010.

On August 19, 2010,15, 2014, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement which fixed a portion of the variable interest due on its variable rate loans outstanding. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company pays a fixed rate of 0.8%0.65% and receives a variable rate of interest based on one-month LIBOR (as defined) from the counterparty which is reset every month for a twenty-nine monthtwo-year period ending January 19, 2013.August 15, 2016. As of both April 30, 2012 and 2011,2015, the notional amount of the interest rate swap was $125.0$150.0 million.

On March 30, 2012,January 15, 2014, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement which fixed a portion of the variable interest due on its variable rate loans outstanding. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company pays a fixed rate of 0.645%0.47% and receives a variable rate of interest based on one monthone-month LIBOR (as defined) from the counterparty which is reset every month for a three-yeartwo-year period ending March 31, 2015.January 15, 2016. As of April 30, 2012,2015 and 2014, the notional amount of the interest rate swap was $250.0$150.0 million.
On March 30, 2012, the Company entered into an interest rate swap agreement which fixed a portion of the variable interest due on its variable rate loans outstanding. Under the terms of the agreement, which expired on March 31, 2015, the Company paid a fixed rate of 0.645% and received a variable rate of interest based on one-month LIBOR (as defined) from the counterparty which was reset every month for a three-year period. As of April 30, 2014, the notional amount of the interest rate swap was $150.0 million.
 
The Company records the fair value of its interest rate swaps on a recurring basis using Level 2 inputs of quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets. The fair value of the interest rate swaps as of April 30, 20122015 and 20112014 was a net deferred loss of $1.7$0.6 million and $0.5$1.0 million, respectively. Based on the maturity dates of the contracts, approximately $0.5$0.2 million and $1.2$0.7 million of the deferred losslosses as of April 30, 2012 was2015 and 2014 were recorded in Other Accrued Liabilities, with the remaining deferred losses in each period of $0.4 million and Other Long-Term Liabilities in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position, respectively. As of April 30, 2011, the entire deferred loss was$0.3 million recorded in Other Long-Term Liabilities. NetLiabilities, respectively. The pre-tax losses that were reclassified from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss into Interest Expense for fiscal years 2012, 20112015, 2014 and 20102013 were $0.8$1.7 million, $9.1$1.3 million and $20.4$1.6 million, respectively. Based on the amount in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss at April 30, 2012,2015, approximately $1.4$0.4 million, net of tax, of unrecognized loss would be reclassified into net income in the next twelve months.
68

 
Foreign Currency Contracts:
The Company may enter into forward exchange contracts to manage the Company’s exposure on certain foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities. The forward exchange contracts are marked to market through Foreign Exchange Losses onTransaction Gains (Losses) in the Consolidated Statements of Income, and carried at their fair value onin the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. Foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities are remeasured at spot rates in effect on the balance sheet date, with the effects of changes in spot rates reported in Foreign Exchange Losses.Transaction Gains (Losses).  As of April 30, 2015 and 2014, the Company did not maintain any open forward contracts. During Fiscalfiscal years 20102013 through 20122015, the Company did not designate any forward exchange contracts as hedges under current accounting standards as the benefits of doing so were not material due to the short-term nature of the contracts. The fair value changes in the forward exchange contracts substantially mitigated the changes in the value of the applicable foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities. The fair values ofFor fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2013, the losses recognized on forward contracts were measured on a recurring basis using Level 2 inputs$11.2 million, $0.4 million, and for fiscal years 2012, 2011 and 2010 the gain/(loss) recognized was $2.4 million, $0.6 million, and ($2.0 million), respectively. As of both April 30, 2012 and 2011, the Company had settled its forward exchange contracts.

85

Note 1416 - CommitmentsCommitment and Contingencies
 
The following schedule shows the composition of rent expense for operating leases (in thousands):
 
201220112010201520142013
Minimum Rental$43,620$39,676$37,261$39,748$40,929$41,899
Less: Sublease Rentals(501)(665)(1,709)(639)(642)(554)
Total$43,119$39,011$35,552$39,109$40,287$41,345

Future minimum payments under operating leases were $242.0$341.7 million at April 30, 2012.2015. Annual minimum payments under these leases for fiscal years 20132016 through 20172020 are approximately $38.8$38.1 million, $36.4$35.6 million, $35.4$31.4 million, $34.7$27.6 million, and $32.4$25.6 million, respectively. Rent expense associated with operating leases that include scheduled rent increases and tenant incentives, such as rent holidays or leasehold improvement allowances, are recorded on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. During the first quarter of fiscal year 2015, the Company renewed the lease for its corporate headquarters in Hoboken, New Jersey. The lease renewal is an operating lease which commences on July 1, 2017 and extends the current lease through March 31, 2033. As a result of the renewal, the Company’s total future minimum payments under the new lease will be $223.0 million, with annual minimum payments of $14.4 million in fiscal years 2018 through 2020.
 
The Company is involved in routine litigation in the ordinary course of its business.  A provision for litigation is accrued when information available to the Company indicates that it is probable a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated.  Significant judgment may be required to determine both the probability and estimates of loss.  When the amount of the loss can only be estimated within a range, the most likely outcome within that range is accrued.  If no amount within the range is a better estimate than any other amount, the minimum amount within the range is accrued. When uncertainties exist related to the probable outcome of litigation and/or the amount or range of loss, the Company does not record a liability, but discloses facts related to the nature of the contingency and possible losses if management considers the information to be material. Reserves for legal defense costs are recorded when management believes such future costs will be material. The accruals for loss contingencies and legal costs are reviewed regularly and may be adjusted to reflect updated information on the status of litigation and advice of legal counsel.  In the opinion of management, the ultimate resolution of all pending litigation as of April 30, 2015 will not have a material effect upon the financial condition or results of operations of the Company.
 
Over the past few years, the Company has from time to time faced claims from photographers or agencies that the Company has used photographs without licenses or beyond licensed permissions.  The Company has insurance coverage for a significant portion of such claims.  The Company does not believe that its exposure to such claims either individually or in the aggregate is material.
Note 1517 - Retirement Plans
 
The Company and its principal subsidiaries have contributory and noncontributory retirement plans that cover substantially all employees. The plans generally provide for employee retirement between the ages of 60 and 65, and benefits based on length of service and compensation, as defined.
86

Recent Plan Curtailments
The Company’s Board of Directors approved plan amendments that froze the U.S. Employees’ Retirement Plan, Supplemental Benefit Plan, and Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, effective June 30, 2013.  These plans are U.S. defined benefit plans. Under the amendments, no new employees are permitted to enter these plans and no additional benefits for current participants for future services will be accrued after June 30, 2013.  As a result of freezing the U.S. defined benefit plans, the Company changed the amortization period from the average expected future service period of active plan participants to the average expected life of plan participants. This amendments decreased the pension benefit liabilities by $18.2 million, and resulted in an after-tax decrease in accumulated other comprehensive loss of $11.3 million. The Company also recorded a pension plan curtailment expense of $2.7 million in fiscal year 2013 as a result of the approved plan amendments, which represented a write-off of the unrecognized prior service cost for the U.S. plans. The curtailment expense is included within the fiscal year 2013 Restructuring Charges line item in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
The Company’s Board of Directors approved plan amendments that will freeze the Retirement Plan for the Employees of John Wiley & Sons, Canada, effective December 31, 2015. Under the amendments, no new employees will be permitted to enter this plan as of December 31, 2015 and no additional benefits for current participants for future services will be accrued after December 31, 2015.  The Company recorded a one-time pension plan benefit of $0.6 million in the third quarter of fiscal year 2015 as a result of the plan amendments. The curtailment benefit is included within the fiscal year 2015 Restructuring Charges line item in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
The Company’s Board of Directors approved plan amendments that froze the Retirement Plan for the Employees of John Wiley & Sons, Ltd., a U.K. plan effective April 30, 2015. Under the amendments, no new employees will be permitted to enter this plan and no additional benefits for current participants for future services will be accrued after April 30, 2015. While there was no significant amount recorded for the curtailment, there was a resulting concession with employees to contribute an additional $0.8 million to the Company’s defined contribution plans. This contribution was recognized in the Restructuring charges line item in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Income.
The Company maintains the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for certain officers and senior management which provides for the payment of supplemental retirement benefits after the termination of employment for 10 years or in a lifetime annuity. Under certain circumstances, including a change of control as defined, the payment of such amounts could be accelerated on a present value basis. Future accrued benefits to the Plan have been discontinued as noted above.

87

The components of net pension expense for the defined benefit plans and the weighted-average assumptions were as follows (in thousands):
                2015               2014               2013
      U.S.   Non-U.S.      U.S.     Non-U.S.          U.S.  Non-U.S.
Service Cost $           -$5,942  $          -$8,066 $12,701$6,204
Interest Cost13,15917,417 12,61317,144 12,03215,784
Expected Return on Plan Assets(13,782)(22,654) (14,838)(21,607) (12,927)(17,975)
Net Amortization of Prior Service Cost and Transition Asset(115)68 -124 854127
Recognized Net Actuarial Loss1,4706,299 5,6817,490 6,0503,905
Curtailment/Settlement Loss-(428) -79 2,681-
Net Pension Expense$732$6,644 $3,456$11,296 $21,391$8,045
         
Discount Rate4.7%4.2% 4.2%4.2% 4.7%5.0%
Rate of Compensation IncreaseN/A3.2% N/A3.2% 3.1%3.4%
Expected Return on Plan Assets6.8%6.7% 8.0%6.7% 8.0%6.8%
The projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation, and fair value of plan assets for the retirement plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets were $813.3 million, $773.4 million and $598.9 million, respectively, as of April 30, 2015 and $711.0 million, $676.9 million and $546.3 million, respectively, as of April 30, 2014.
The Recognized Net Actuarial Loss for each fiscal year is calculated using the “corridor method” which reflects the amortization of the net loss at the beginning of the fiscal year in excess of 10% of the greater of the market value of plan assets or the projected benefit obligation.  As a result of freezing the U.S. defined benefit plans in fiscal year 2014, the Company changed the amortization period for the U.S. defined benefit plans from the average expected future service period of active plan participants to the average expected life of plan participants resulting in an approximately $1.2 million annual reduction in pension expense.
 
The Company recognizes the overfunded or underfunded status of defined benefit postretirement plans, measured as the difference between the fair value of plan assets and the projected benefit obligation, in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position.  The change in the funded status of the plan is recognized within Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. Plan assets and obligations are measured at fair value as of the Company’s balance sheet date.
69

 
The amounts in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss that are expected to be recognized as components of net periodic benefit cost during the next fiscal year are as follows (in thousands):

 United StatesNon-U.S.Total
Actuarial Loss$5,128$3,995$9,123
Prior Service Cost854126980
Total$5,982$4,121$10,103
The Company has agreements with certain officers and senior management that provide for the payment of supplemental retirement benefits after the termination of employment for 10 years or in a lifetime annuity. Under certain circumstances, including a change of control as defined, the payment of such amounts could be accelerated on a present value basis.
The components of net pension expense for the defined benefit plans and the weighted-average assumptions were as follows (in thousands):

              2012                   2011               2010
 U.S.Non-U.S. U.S.Non-U.S. U.S.Non-U.S.
Service Cost$9,951$6,062 $9,591$6,681 $6,451$4,644
Interest Cost12,04215,862 10,75816,118 10,03314,022
Expected Return on Plan Assets(11,679)(17,412) (10,118)(15,542) (7,424)(12,044)
Net Amortization of Prior Service Cost and Transition Asset902133 770117 638223
Recognized Net Actuarial Loss4,444670 4,3432,915 2,3771,399
Net Pension Expense$15,660$5,315 $15,344$10,289 $12,075$8,244
         
Discount Rate5.7%5.6% 5.9%5.7% 7.5%6.9%
Rate of Compensation Increase4.0%4.4% 4.0%4.6% 4.0%4.2%
Expected Return on Plan Assets8.0%6.8% 8.5%6.8% 8.7%6.8%
The projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation, and fair value of plan assets for the retirement plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets were and $563.4 million, $532.2 million and $419.4 million, respectively, as of April 30, 2012 and $234.4 million, $220.2 million, and $144.9 million, respectively, as of April 30, 2011.
 United StatesNon-U.S.Total 
Actuarial Loss$2,152$2,479$4,631 
Prior Service Cost(154)54(100) 
Total$1,998$2,533$4,531 
 
 
7088

 
 
The following table sets forth the changes in and the status of the Company’s defined benefit plans’ assets and benefit obligations:
 
Dollars in thousands
 
                                                 2012
 
                                        2011
20152014
CHANGE IN PLAN ASSETSU.S.
Non-U.S.
U.S.Non-U.S.U.S.Non-U.S.U.S.Non-U.S.
Fair Value of Plan Assets, Beginning of Year$144,887$268,268$119,301$223,396$207,986$351,092$186,527$306,689
Actual Return on Plan Assets9,6768,03319,40919,36923,16660,99722,10115,459
Employer Contributions15,6569,28312,60612,1763,9729,7019,60810,396
Employees’ Contributions-1,937-1,960
Employee Contributions-1,566-1,770
Settlements-(2,353)-(437)
Benefits Paid(9,823)(11,556)(6,429)(6,619)(12,158)(7,118)(10,250)(10,005)
Foreign Currency Rate Changes-(5,636)-17,986-(37,309)-27,220
Fair Value, End of Year$160,396$270,329$144,887$268,268$222,966$376,576$207,986$351,092
CHANGE IN PROJECTED BENEFIT OBLIGATION     
Benefit Obligation, Beginning of Year$(208,969)$(300,178)$(182,064)$(282,119)$(285,659)$(442,703)$(307,659)$(394,278)
Service Cost(9,951)(6,062)(9,591)(6,681)-(5,942)-(8,066)
Interest Cost(12,042)(15,862)(10,758)(16,118)(13,159)(17,417)(12,613)(17,144)
Employee Contributions-(1,937)-(1,960)-(1,566)-(1,770)
Actuarial Gain (Loss)(30,980)(21,846)(11,615)21,329(45,868)(83,782)24,3631,350
Benefits Paid9,82311,5566,4296,61912,1587,11810,25010,005
Foreign Currency Rate Changes-7,900-(21,151)-52,513-(33,237)
Curtailment-7,321-
Amendments and Other(1,280)(301)(1,370)(97)3,140--437
Benefit Obligation, End of Year$(253,399)$(326,730)$(208,969)$(300,178)$(329,388)$(484,458)$(285,659)$(442,703)
Funded Status$(93,003)$(56,401)$(64,082)$(31,910)$(106,422)$(107,882)$(77,673)$(91,611)
AMOUNTS RECOGNIZED IN THE STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION:    AMOUNTS RECOGNIZED IN THE STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION:  
Deferred Pension Asset$            -$            -$            -$         49
Other Noncurrent Assets-17-21
Current Pension Liability(2,524)(1,065)(3,241)(1,206)(4,086)(508)(4,091)(580)
Noncurrent Pension Liability(90,479)(55,336)(60,841)(30,753)(102,336)(107,391)(73,582)(91,052)
Net Amount Recognized in Statement of Financial Position
$(93,003)$(56,401)$(64,082)$(31,910)$(106,422)$(107,882)$(77,673)$(91,611)
AMOUNTS RECOGNIZED IN ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME CONSIST OF (before tax)    
AMOUNTS RECOGNIZED IN ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS (before tax) CONSIST OF:AMOUNTS RECOGNIZED IN ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS (before tax) CONSIST OF: 
Net Actuarial Loss$(82,301)$(65,859)$(53,758)$(35,840)$(103,017)$(128,280)$(68,005)$(107,540)
Prior Service Cost(3,062)(1,185)(2,684)(1,120)3,024(555)-(966)
Total Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss$(85,363)$(67,044)$(56,442)$(36,960)$(99,993)$(128,835)$(68,005)$(108,506)
Change in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss$(28,921)$(30,084)$1,380$25,042$(31,988)$(20,329)$37,306$(5,384)
WEIGHTED AVERAGE ASSUMPTIONS USED IN DETERMINING ASSETS AND LIABILITIES    
WEIGHTED AVERAGE ASSUMPTIONS USED IN DETERMINING ASSETS AND LIABILITIES:WEIGHTED AVERAGE ASSUMPTIONS USED IN DETERMINING ASSETS AND LIABILITIES:
Discount Rate4.7%5.0%5.7%5.6%4.2%3.5%4.7%4.2%
Rate of Compensation Increase3.1%3.4%4.0%4.4%N/A3.0%N/A3.2%
Accumulated Benefit Obligations$(242,780)$(299,947)$(196,316)$(276,045)$(329,389)$(444,561)$(285,661)$(402,225)
 

 
7189

 

Basis for determining discount rate:
 
The discount rates for the United States, United Kingdom and Canadian pension plans were based on the derivation of a single-equivalent discount rate using a standard spot rate curve and the timing of expected benefit payments as of April 30, 2012.payments. The spot rate curve used is based upon a portfolio of Moody’s-rated Aa3 (or higher) corporate bonds. The discount rates for the other international plans were based on similar published indices with durations comparable to that of each plan’s liabilities.
 
Basis for determining the expected asset return:
 
The expected long-term rates of return were estimated using market benchmarks for equities, real estate, and bonds applied to each plan’s target asset allocation and are estimated by asset class including an anticipated inflation rate. The expected long-term rates are then compared to the historic investment performance of the plan assets as well as future expectations and estimated through consultation with investment advisors and actuaries.
 
Pension plan assets/investments:
 
The investment guidelines for the defined benefit pension plans are established based upon an evaluation of market conditions, plan liabilities, cash requirements for benefit payments, and tolerance for risk.  Investment guidelines include the use of actively and passively managed securities. The investment objective is to ensure that funds are available to meet the plan’s benefit obligations when they are due. The investment strategy is to invest in high quality and diversified equity and debt securities to achieve our long-term expectation.  The plans’ risk management practices provide guidance to the investment managers, including guidelines for asset concentration, credit rating and liquidity.  Asset allocation favors a balanced portfolio, with a global aggregated target allocation of approximately 54%50% equity securities, 43%49% fixed income securities and cash, and 3%1% real estate. Due to volatility in the market, the target allocation is not always desirable and asset allocations will fluctuate between acceptable ranges of plus or minus 5%. The Company regularly reviews the investment allocations and periodically rebalances investments to the target allocations. The Company categorizes its pension assets into three levels based upon the assumptions (inputs) used to price the assets. Level 1 provides the most reliable measure of fair value, whereas Level 3 generally requires significant management judgment. The three levels are defined as follows:
 
·  Level 1:  Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets.
·  Level 2:  Observable inputs other than those included in Level 1.  For example, quoted prices for similar assets in active markets or quoted prices for identical assets in inactive markets.
·  Level 3:  Unobservable inputs reflecting assumptions about the inputs used in pricing the asset.

 
7290

 
 
The Company did not maintain any level 3 assets during fiscal years 20122015 and 2011.2014. The following tables set forth, by level within the fair value hierarchy, pension plan assets at their fair value as of April 30 (in thousands):
 
                           2012                        2011                         2015                           2014
Level 1Level 2Total Level 1Level 2TotalLevel 1Level 2Total Level 1Level 2Total
U.S. Plan Assets        
Equity Securities:        
U.S. Commingled Funds$         -$68,750$68,750 $         -$56,937$56,937$         -$68,671$68,671 $         -$76,534$76,534
Non-U.S. Commingled Funds-29,20829,208 -30,63230,632-38,33638,336 -32,81532,815
Fixed Income Commingled Funds-51,63051,630 -47,82547,825-105,363105,363 -85,33585,335
Real Estate-10,80810,808 -9,4939,493-10,59610,596 -13,30213,302
Total U.S. Plan Assets$         -$160,396$160,396 $         -$144,887$144,887$         -$222,966$222,966 $         -$207,986$207,986
        
Non-U.S. Plan Assets        
Equity Securities:        
U.S. Equities$14,720$14,556$29,276 $12,500$14,635$27,135$         -$25,551 $         -$24,384
Non-U.S. Equities13,85671,85185,707 17,79874,85092,648-80,014 -73,250
Balanced Managed Funds9,7611,54211,303 9,4711,53211,00310,29566,70777,002 11,28466,96678,250
Fixed Income Securities:     
Government/Sovereign Securities15,73832,93748,675 14,41628,09042,506
Fixed Income Funds17,48351,92269,405 18,04651,37269,418
Fixed Income Funds:-190,344 -164,948
Other:        
Real Estate/Other3,02712,58615,613 3,86611,32915,195-489 -7,455
Cash and Cash Equivalents10,350-10,350 10,363-10,3633,176-3,176 2,805-2,805
Total Non-U.S. Plan Assets$84,935$185,394$270,329 $86,460$181,808$268,268$13,471$363,105$376,576 $14,089$337,003$351,092
Total Plan Assets$84,935$345,790$430,725 $86,460$326,695$413,155$13,471$586,071$599,542 $14,089$544,989$559,078
 
Expected employer contributions to the defined benefit pension plans in fiscal year 20132016 will be approximately $20.8$12.5 million, including $8.7$8.3 million of minimum amounts required for the Company’s non-U.S. plans. From time to time, the Company may elect to make voluntary contributions to its defined benefit plans to improve their funded status.
 
Benefit payments to retirees from all defined benefit plans are expected to approximate $14.7 million in fiscal year 2013, $17.6 million in fiscal year 2014, $18.4 million in fiscal year 2015, $20.4$20.7 million in fiscal year 2016, $21.6$22.1 million in fiscal year 2017, $23.5 million in fiscal year 2018, $23.7 million in fiscal year 2019, $25.5 million in fiscal year 2020 and $132.1$149.2 million for fiscal years 20182021 through 2022.2025.
 
The Company provides contributory life insurance and health care benefits, subject to certain dollar limitations for substantially all of its eligible retired U.S. employees. The cost of such benefits is expensed over the years the employee renders service and is not funded in advance. The accumulated post-retirement benefit obligation recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position as of April 30, 20122015 and 20112014 was $5.7$6.7 million and $4.4$6.2 million, respectively. Annual expenses for these plans for fiscal years 2012, 20112015, 2014 and 20102013 were $0.7 million, $0.6$0.9 million and $0.5$0.8 million, respectively.
 
The Company has defined contribution savings plans. The Company contribution is based on employee contributions and the level of Company match. The expense forCompany may make discretionary contributions to all employees as a group. The employer cash contributions to these plans amounted towere approximately $9.1$14.8 million, $8.5$13.9 million and $8.4$9.2 million in fiscal years 2012, 2011,2015, 2014, and 2010,2013 respectively. Approximately $0.8 million of the fiscal year 2015 contributions were reflected in the Restructuring Charges line item as they were related to contractual obligations resulting from the curtailment of the U.K. defined benefit pension plan. The expense recorded for these plans was approximately $15.2 million, $15.7 million and $9.2 million in fiscal years 2015, 2014, and 2013 respectively.
 
 
7391

 
 
Note 1618Stock-BasedShare-Based Compensation
 
All equity compensation plans have been approved by security holders. Atshareholders. Under the meeting of shareholders held in September 2009, shareholders approved the 20092014 Key Employee Stock Plan, (“the Plan”). Under the Plan,, qualified employees are eligible to receive awards that may include stock options, performance-based stock awards and other restricted stock awards. Under the Plan, a maximum number of 8,000,0008 million shares of Company Class A stock may be issued. As of April 30, 2012,2015, there were approximately 6,599,3286,166,816 securities remaining available for future issuance under the Plan. The Company issues treasury shares to fund awards issued under the Plan.
 
Stock Option Activity:
 
Under the terms of the Company’s stock option plan, the exercise price of stock options granted may not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the stock at the date of grant. Options are exercisable over a maximum period of 10 years from the date of grant and generally vest 50% on the fourth and fifth anniversary date after the award is granted. Under certain circumstances relating to a change of control, as defined, the right to exercise options outstanding couldmay be accelerated.
 
The following table provides the estimated weighted average fair value for options granted each period using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and the significant weighted average assumptions used in their determination. The expected life represents an estimate of the period of time stock options will be outstanding based on the historical exercise behavior of option recipients. The risk-free interest rate is based on the corresponding U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant. The expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the Company’s Common Stock price over the estimated life of the option while, the dividend yield is based on the expected dividend payments to be made by the Company.

For the Twelve Months
Ending April 30,
For the Years
Ended April 30,
2012 2011 20102015 2014 2013
Fair Value of Options on Grant Date$14.11 $11.97 $11.32$16.97 $10.12 $12.26
          
Weighted Average assumptions:          
Expected Life of Options (years)7.3 7.7 7.87.2 7.4 7.3
Risk-Free Interest Rate2.3% 2.7% 3.3%2.2% 2.1% 1.2%
Expected Volatility29.0% 28.9% 29.9%30.9% 30.5% 30.2%
Expected Dividend Yield1.6% 1.6% 1.6%1.9% 2.5% 2.0%
Fair Value of Common Stock on Grant Date$49.55 $40.02 $35.04$59.70 $39.53 $48.06

 
7492

 

A summary of the activity and status of the Company’s stock option plans follows:
 
2012
 
 
2011
 
 
2010
 
  2015
 2014 
 
2013
Stock Options
Options
(in 000’s)
 
 
 
 
Weighted Average Exercise Price
 
Weighted Average Remaining Term
(in years)
 
 
 
Average Intrinsic Value
(in millions)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Options
(in 000’s)
Weighted Average Exercise Price 
 
 
 
 
 
Options
(in 000’s)
 
Weighted Average Exercise Price
Options (in 000’s)Weighted Average Exercise Price
Weighted Average Remaining Term
(in years)
Aggregate
Intrinsic Value (in millions)
 Options (in 000’s)Weighted Average Exercise Price Options (in 000’s)Weighted Average Exercise Price
Outstanding at Beginning of Year4,258$38.52   4,987$36.51 5,722$34.052,508$42.34   3,732$42.85 4,130$40.74
Granted411$49.55   413$40.02 695$35.04189$59.70   322$39.53 394$48.06
Exercised(539)$29.97   (1,133)$30.23 (1,407)$25.74(747)$38.32   (1,421)$42.57 (784)$34.44
Expired or Forfeited-   (9)$32.54 (23)$40.37(29)$49.32   (125)$47.65 (8)$35.00
Outstanding at End of Year4,130$40.744.5$23.7 4,258$38.52 4,987$36.511,921$45.505.7$22.4 2,508$42.34 3,732$42.85
Exercisable at End of Year2,301$40.082.9$14.5 2,218$35.40 2,513$31.47815$42.314.0$11.9 1,191$39.16 2,166$42.45
Vested and Expected to Vest in the Future at April 30, 20123,992$40.824.5$22.6      
Vested and Expected to Vest in the Future at April 301,872$42.915.7$23.2 2,432$42.38 3,603$42.93
 
The intrinsic value is the difference between the Company’s common stock price and the option grant price. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during fiscal years 2012, 20112015, 2014 and 20102013 was $8.2$16.1 million, $23.5$12.4 million and $22.9$10.6 million, respectively.  The total grant date fair value of stock options vested during fiscal year 20122015 was $10.5$4.8 million.
 
As of April 30, 2012,2015, there was $5.7$4.1 million of unrecognized share-based compensation expense related to stock options, which is expected to be recognized over a period up to 5 years, or 2.22.0 years on a weighted average basis.
 
The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding and exercisable at April 30, 2012:2015:

 Options Outstanding Options Exercisable
 
 
Range of Exercise Prices
 
Number of Options
(in 000’s)
 
Weighted Average Remaining Term (in years)
 
Weighted Average Exercise Price
 
 
Number of Options
(in 000’s)
 
Weighted Average Exercise Price
$21.44 to $25.321251.025.21 125$25.21
$31.89 to $38.551,9393.635.36 1,246$35.54
$40.02 to $49.552,0665.546.72 930$48.15
Total/Average4,1304.540.74 2,301$40.08
 Options Outstanding Options Exercisable
 
 
Range of
Exercise Prices
 
Number of Options
(in 000’s)
 
Weighted Average Remaining Term (in years)
 
Weighted Average Exercise Price
 
 
Number of Options
(in 000’s)
 
Weighted Average Exercise Price
$33.05 to $35.041663.7$34.74 166$34.74
$38.55 to $40.026395.9$39.71 329$39.88
$47.55 to $49.559385.2$48.67 320$48.76
$59.701789.2$59.70 --
Total/Average1,9215.7$45.50 815$42.31

Performance-Based and Other Restricted Stock Activity:
 
Under the terms of the Company’s long-term incentive plans, performance-based restricted stock awards are payable in restricted shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock upon the achievement of certain three-year financial performance-based targets. During each three-year period, the Company adjusts compensation expense based upon its best estimate of expected performance. The restricted performance shares vest 50% on the first and second anniversary date after the award is earned.
 
75

The Company may also grant individual restricted awards of the Company’s Class A Common Stock to key employees in connection with their employment. The restricted shares generally vest 50% at the end of the fourth and fifth years following the date of the grant.
 
93

Under certain circumstances relating to a change of control or termination, as defined, the restrictions would lapse and shares would vest earlier. Activity for performance-based and other restricted stock awards during fiscal years 2012, 20112015, 2014 and 20102013 was as follows (shares in thousands):

2012 201120102015 20142013
Restricted SharesWeighted Average Grant Date Value Restricted SharesRestricted SharesWeighted Average Grant Date Value Restricted Shares
Nonvested Shares at Beginning of Year
 
904
 
$40.15
 
 
926
 
682
 
745
 
$43.40
 
 
837
 
1,042
Granted272$49.42 255363363$59.23 348296
Change in shares due to performance31$35.04 78191(65)$39.18 (92)(227)
Vested and Issued(159)$47.06 (349)(292)(159)$42.46 (256)(237)
Forfeited(6)$48.88 (6)(18)(132)$48.85 (92)(37)
Nonvested Shares at End of Year1,042$41.31 904926752$50.64 745837

As of April 30, 2012,2015, there was $19.3$23.0 million of unrecognized share-based compensation cost related to performance-based and other restricted stock awards, which is expected to be recognized over a period up to 5 years, or 3.03.3 years on a weighted average basis. Compensation expense for restricted stock awards is measured using the closing market price of the Company’s Class A Common Stock at the date of grant.  The total grant date value of shares vested during fiscal years 2012, 20112015, 2014 and 20102013 was $7.5$6.8 million, $13.5$9.7 million and $10.2$9.0 million, respectively.
 
Director Stock Awards:
 
Under the terms of the Company’s Director Stock Plan (the “Director Plan”), each non-employee director receives an annual award of Class A Common Stock equal in value to 100% of the annual director retainer fee (excluding additional retainer fees paid to committee chairpersons), based on the stock price on the date of grant. The granted shares may not be sold or transferred during the time the non-employee director remains a director. There were 12,474; 11,14412,131; 12,408 and 14,13013,437 shares awarded under the Director Plan for fiscal years 2012, 20112015, 2014 and 2010,2013, respectively.
 
Note 1719 - Capital Stock and Changes in Capital Accounts
 
Each share of the Company’s Class B Common Stock is convertible into one share of Class A Common Stock. The holders of Class A stock are entitled to elect 30% of the entire Board of Directors and the holders of Class B stock are entitled to elect the remainder. On all other matters, each share of Class A stock is entitled to one tenth of one vote and each share of Class B stock is entitled to one vote.
 
During fiscal year 2011,2014, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a share repurchase program for an additional four million shares of Class A or Class B Common Stock. The approval of this repurchase program increased the number of shares that may be purchased from time to time in the open market and through privately negotiated transactions to eight million.  During fiscal year 2012,2015, the Company repurchased 1,864,7001,082,502 shares at an average price $46.69of $57.26 per share. As of April 30, 2012,2015, the Company has authorization from its Board of Directors to purchase up to 2,356,5252,179,120 additional shares.
 
 
76

Note 1820 - Segment Information
 
The Company provides content and content-enabled digital services to customers worldwide. The Company maintains publishing, marketing and distribution centers principallyCompany’s operations are primarily located in Asia, Australia, Canada, Germany, the United KingdomStates, Canada, Europe, Asia and the United States.Australia.  Below is a description of the Company’s three operating segments.segments:
94

 
Scientific, Technical, MedicalResearch serves the world’s research and Scholarly provides contentscholarly communities and content-enabled digital servicesis the largest publisher for theprofessional and scholarly societies. Research products include scientific, technical, medical and scholarly communities worldwide includingresearch journals, books, reference works, databases, clinical decision support tools, laboratory manuals and workflow tools, in the publishing areas of the physical sciences and engineering, health sciences, social science and humanities and life sciences. Research customers include academic, corporate, government, and public libraries; researchers; scientists; clinicians; engineers and technologists; scholarly and professional societies; and students and professors. Products include journals, books, major reference works, databases, clinical decision support tools and laboratory manuals and workflow tools. Publishing areas include the physical sciences, health sciences, social science and humanities and life sciences. ProductsThe Company’s Research products are sold and distributed globally onlinein digital and in print formats through multiple channels, including research libraries and library consortia, independent subscription agents, direct sales to professional society members, bookstores, online booksellers and other customers. Publishing centers include Australia, China, Germany, India, Singapore, the United Kingdom and the United States.
 
Professional/TradeProfessional Development acquires, develops and publishes professional information and content delivered through print and digital books, workflowtest preparation, assessments, online learning solutions and certification and training servicesservices. Communities served include business, finance, accounting, workplace learning, management, leadership, technology, behavioral health, engineering/architecture and other information services in the subject areas of business, technology, architecture, cooking, psychology, professional education, travel, health, consumer reference and general interest.education. Products are developed in print and digitally for worldwide distribution through multiple channels, including major chainschain and online booksellers, independent bookstores, libraries, colleges and universities, warehouse clubs, corporations, direct marketingto consumer, websites, distributor networks and websites. Professional/Trade customers are professionals, consumers and students worldwide.other online applications. Publishing centers include Asia, Australia, Canada, Germany, India, the United Kingdom and the United States.
 
Global Education publishes educationalproduces education content and solutions, including online program management for twohigher education institutions and four-year collegescourse management tools for instructors and universities, for-profit career colleges, advanced placement classes, as well as secondary schools in Australia. Globalstudents. Education offers learning solutions, innovative products focus on courses in the sciences, engineering, mathematics, business/accounting, geography, computer science, statistics, education, culinary, hospitality, psychology and world languages. Global Education delivers its content, tools and resources to students, faculty and institutionsservices principally delivered through college bookstores and online distributors, with customers having access to content in muti-mediadigital and custom print formats, as well as the traditional print textbook. The Company maintainsEducation’s cost-effective, flexible solutions are available in each of its publishing disciplines, including sciences, engineering, computer science, mathematics, business and accounting, statistics, geography, hospitality and the culinary arts, education, psychology and modern languages.  Publishing centers ininclude Asia, Australia, Canada, India, the United Kingdom and the United States.
 
Shared Services - The Company reports separate financial data for shared service functions, which are centrally managed for the benefit of the three global businesses, including Distribution and Operation Services, Technology Services, Financeand Content Management, Occupancy and Other Administration support.
 
As part of Wiley’s Restructuring and Reinvestment Program, during the first quarter of fiscal year 2015, the Company consolidated certain decentralized business functions (Content Management, Vendor Procurement Services, Marketing Services, etc.) into Shared Service and Administrative functions. These newly centralized service groups are part of the Company’s plan to reduce costs through efficiencies gained from standardized technology and centralized management. The costs of these functions were previously reported as direct operating expenses in each business segment but are now reported within the shared service functions. Prior year amounts have been restated to reflect the same reporting methodology. The Company uses occupied square footage of space; number of employees; units shipped; specific identification/activity-based; gross profit; revenue and number of invoices to allocate shared service costs to each business segment.
 
 
7795

 

 
Segment information is as follows (in thousands):
  For the years ended April 30,
  20122011    2010
Revenue   
Scientific, Technical, Medical and Scholarly$1,040,727$998,902$986,683
Professional/Trade433,658437,088429,988
Global Education308,357306,561282,391
Total$1,782,742$1,742,551$1,699,062
    
Direct Contribution to Profit   
Scientific, Technical, Medical and Scholarly$452,274$424,797$405,241
Professional/Trade111,89895,496100,196
Global Education104,244101,04486,212
Total$668,416$621,337$591,649
    
Shared Services and Administration Costs   
Distribution$(109,079)$(113,010)$(110,858)
Technology Services(144,418)(125,766)(102,634)
Finance(45,106)(45,243)(47,294)
Other Administration(89,394)(89,170)(88,271)
Total$(387,997)$(373,189)$(349,057)
    
Operating Income$280,419$248,148$242,592
Foreign Exchange Transaction Losses(2,261)(2,188)(10,883)
Interest Expense & Other, net(6,063)(14,900)(31,500)
Income Before Taxes$272,095$231,060$200,209
    
Total Assets   
Scientific, Technical, Medical and Scholarly$1,444,114$1,486,052$1,415,979
Professional/Trade548,751465,752469,273
Global Education156,286157,822156,676
Corporate/Shared Services383,795320,515266,682
Total$2,532,946$2,430,141$2,308,610
    
Expenditures for Long Lived Assets   
Scientific, Technical, Medical and Scholarly $24,454 $24,636 $21,960
Professional/Trade103,93420,88123,325
Global Education20,72921,54518,449
Corporate/Shared Services62,93545,96842,390
Total$212,052$113,030$106,124
    
Depreciation and Amortization   
Scientific, Technical, Medical and Scholarly$56,335$54,423$52,215
Professional/Trade34,73434,95432,191
Global Education29,79227,67225,125
Corporate/Shared Services17,23015,45713,348
Total$138,091$132,506$122,879
 For the years ended April 30,
 201520142013
RESEARCH:
   
    
Revenue$1,040,795$1,044,349$1,009,825
    
Direct Contribution to Profit483,413479,419452,004
Allocated Shared Services and Administrative Costs:   
Distribution and Operation Services(44,602)(45,773)(45,699)
Technology and Content Management(99,696)(101,922)(92,794)
Occupancy and Other(23,326)(25,997)(25,666)
Contribution to Profit$315,789$305,727$287,845
    
PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT:   
    
Revenue$407,023$363,869$416,495
    
Direct Contribution to Profit140,588128,976122,258
Allocated Shared Services and Administrative Costs:   
Distribution and Operation Services(30,838)(37,673)(40,625)
Technology and Content Management(47,574)(50,374)(55,505)
Occupancy and Other(24,060)(18,762)(17,473)
Contribution to Profit$38,116$22,167$8,655
    
EDUCATION:   
    
Revenue$374,622$366,977$334,458
    
Direct Contribution to Profit125,870121,978115,244
Allocated Shared Services and Administrative Costs:   
Distribution and Operation Services(12,863)(15,685)(15,068)
Technology and Content Management(52,954)(46,787)(39,735)
Occupancy and Other(13,878)(11,719)(8,471)
Contribution to Profit$46,175$47,787$51,970
    
Total Contribution to Profit$400,080$375,681$348,470
    
Unallocated Shared Services and Administrative Costs(161,856)(169,008)(149,043)
Foreign Exchange Transaction Gains(Losses)1,742(8)(2,041)
Interest Expense & Other, Net(14,020)(11,131)(10,464)
Income Before Taxes$225,946$195,534$186,922
 
The following table reflects total shared services and administrative costs by function, which are reported in Allocated and Unallocated Shared Services and Administrative Costs above.
 For the years ended April 30,
SHARED SERVICES AND ADMINISTRATIVE COSTS:201520142013
Distribution and Operation Services$88,224$99,433$103,831
Technology and Content Management246,292241,329225,224
Finance52,98854,46849,029
Other Administration106,335101,48792,198
Restructuring Charges (see Note 6)18,29322,19714,557
Impairment Charges (see Note 7)-4,7865,241
Total$512,132$523,700$490,080
 
 
7896

 
In the first quarter of fiscal year 2015, the Company modified its segment product/service revenue categories to reflect recent changes to the business, including acquisitions and restructuring. All prior periods have been revised to reflect the new categorization as follows:
 For the years ended April 30,
Total Revenue by Product/Service201520142013
Research Communications    $813,785   $798,903     $759,825
Books and Custom Print Products    635,802    684,421     719,290
Education Services (Deltak)      81,595      70,179       33,744
Talent Solutions      98,779      33,047       26,173
Course Workflow Solutions (Wiley Plus)      54,223      49,459       41,007
Other    138,256    139,186     180,739
Total Revenue By Product Service  $1,822,440 $1,775,195   $1,760,778
    
Total Assets   
Research$1,246,673$1,392,373$1,371,082
Professional Development695,859554,146520,703
Education430,733455,848422,658
Corporate/Shared Services630,978674,998491,932
Total$3,004,243$3,077,365$2,806,375
    
Expenditures for Long Lived Assets   
Research$18,288$23,311$33,817
Professional Development179,17459,83743,587
Education14,18811,935240,283
Corporate/Shared Services69,12157,56454,723
Total$280,771$152,647$372,410
    
Depreciation and Amortization   
Research$57,992$62,664$60,049
Professional Development31,94328,54235,434
Education38,92840,02333,937
Corporate/Shared Services25,06216,86820,096
Total$153,925$148,097$149,516
 
Export sales from the United States to unaffiliated customers amounted to approximately $151.1$168.0 million, $149.8$169.0 million and $140.5$150.3 million in fiscal years 2012, 2011,2015, 2014 and 2010,2013, respectively. The pretax income for consolidated operations outside the United States was approximately $171.3$165.1 million, $162.8$159.4 million and $133.1$156.1 million in 2012, 2011,fiscal years 2015, 2014 and 2010,2013, respectively.

97

Revenue from external customers based on the location of the customer and long-lived assets by geographic area were as follows (in thousands):

 
Revenue
 
 
Long-Lived Assets
 
Revenue
 
Long-Lived Assets
(Technology, Property & Equipment)
 
 
  2012
 
 
     2011
 
 
    2010
 
 
  2012
 
 
   2011
 
 
    2010
2015 2014 2013 2015 2014 2013 
United States  $893,662   $888,833   $865,519   $664,112  $557,263  $734,512  $920,166   $937,106   $911,838   $143,786   $135,711   $134,107 
United Kingdom135,781 117,072 120,953 1,078,704 1,113,946 889,921142,680 127,716 123,827 24,711 32,286 31,093 
Germany88,314 91,502 91,954 133,078 146,037 132,78383,714 89,107 84,737 9,781 12,877 12,492 
Asia251,360 242,177 234,585 8,506 7,239 3,454
Japan84,420 80,074 84,586 21 40 138 
China45,159 41,581 38,651 307 516 756 
India39,494 39,953 41,720 180 172 274 
Australia81,150 78,722 79,194 61,092 64,722 57,44780,380 79,453 79,958 1,696 2,712 3,533 
France57,492 25,376 24,041 6,720 - - 
Canada74,797 79,227 70,566 5,860 5,924 5,63556,949 61,559 66,440 70 729 1,092 
Other Countries257,678 245,018 236,291 - - -311,986 293,270 304,980 5,738 3,675 6,140 
Total$1,782,742 $1,742,551 $1,699,062 $1,951,352 $1,895,131 $1,823,752$1,822,440 $1,775,195 $1,760,778 $193,010 $188,718 $189,625 
Note 19 – Subsequent Events
Payments Related to Tax Audits in Germany
In fiscal year 2003, the Company merged several of its German subsidiaries into a new operating entity which enabled the Company to increase (“step-up”) the tax deductible net asset basis of the merged subsidiaries to fair market value. The expected tax benefits to be derived from the step-up are approximately 50 million euros claimed as amortization over 15 years beginning in fiscal year 2003. The Company’s management and its advisors believe that it is “more likely than not” to successfully defend that the tax treatment was proper and in accordance with German tax regulations. The circumstances are not unique to the Company.
As part of its routine tax audit process, the German tax authorities notified the Company in May 2012, they are challenging the Company’s tax position with respect to the amortization of certain stepped-up assets.
In June 2012, the Company made a 24 million euro deposit related to amortization claimed on certain “stepped-up” assets through fiscal year 2007.  Under German tax law, the Company must pay all contested taxes and the related interest to have the right to defend its position challenged by authorities.  The Company expects that it will be required to deposit additional amounts up to 33 million euros plus interest in future periods until the issue is resolved. The challenge is expected to ultimately be decided by a court and could take several years to reach resolution. If the Company is successful, as expected, all funds will be returned with 6% simple interest, based on current German legislation.
Planned Fiscal year 2013 Restructuring Initiatives
Due to the Company’s ongoing transition and transformation to digital products and services, we have identified certain activities that will either be discontinued, outsourced, or relocated to a lower cost region. As a result, the Company will record a restructuring charge of approximately $4.5 million in the first quarter of fiscal year 2013 for redundancy and related separation benefits. These charges are expected to be fully recovered within 18 months.

 
7998

 
 
Supplementary Financial Information
- Results By Quarter (Unaudited)

Dollars in millions, except per share data
 2012   2011  
$ In millions, except per share data 2015   2014  
                
Revenue                
First Quarter$430.1  $407.9  $437.9  $411.0  
Second Quarter 447.0   441.8   477.0   449.2  
Third Quarter 451.1   447.9   465.9   457.9  
Fourth Quarter 454.5   445.0   441.6   457.1  
Fiscal Year$1,782.7  $1,742.6  $1,822.4  $1,775.2  
                
Gross Profit                
First Quarter$300.4  $282.7  $313.9  $291.2  
Second Quarter 314.3   302.3   342.4   318.8  
Third Quarter 309.0   309.9   341.7   327.4  
Fourth Quarter 315.6   308.6   324.8   330.9  
Fiscal Year$1,239.3  $1,203.5  $1,322.8  $1,268.3  
                
Operating Income                
First Quarter$60.2  $ 63.1  
Second Quarter 72.0   77.7  
First Quarter (a)$49.6  $35.6  
Second Quarter (b) 76.1   50.2  
Third Quarter (c) 78.5   69.7   54.0   73.4  
Fourth Quarter 69.7   37.6  
Fourth Quarter (d) 58.0   47.5  
Fiscal Year$280.4  $248.1  $237.7  $206.7  
                
Net Income                
First Quarter (a)$50.8  $44.0  $33.7  $35.9  
Second Quarter 50.8   53.7  
Third Quarter (b,c) 62.9   45.6  
Fourth Quarter 48.2   28.6  
Second Quarter (b) 53.8   36.2  
Third Quarter (c) 42.5   52.5  
Fourth Quarter (d) 46.9   35.9  
Fiscal Year$212.7  $171.9  $176.9  $160.5  
                
 2012 2011 2015 2014
Income Per Share Diluted Basic Diluted Basic Diluted Basic Diluted Basic
First Quarter (a)$0.82$0.84$0.72$0.74$0.56$0.57$0.61$0.61
Second Quarter 0.83 0.84 0.88 0.89
Third Quarter (b,c) 1.03 1.05 0.74 0.76
Fourth Quarter 0.80 0.81 0.46 0.47
Second Quarter (b) 0.90 0.91 0.61 0.62
Third Quarter (c) 0.72 0.73 0.88 0.89
Fourth Quarter (d) 0.79 0.80 0.60 0.61
Fiscal Year$3.47$3.53$2.80$2.86$2.97$3.01$2.70$2.73

(a)a)  In the first quartersquarter of fiscal years 2012 and 2011,year 2014, the Company recorded non-casha restructuring charge of $7.8 million ($0.08 per share) under its restructuring programs. In the first quarter of fiscal year 2014, the Company recorded deferred tax benefits of $8.8$10.6 million or $0.14($0.18 per diluted share, and $4.2 million, or $0.07 per diluted share, respectively, principallyshare), associated with new tax legislation enacted in the U.K.United Kingdom that reduced the U.K. statutorycorporate income tax rates by 2% and 1%, respectively. The benefits recognized by3%.
b)  In the second quarter of fiscal year 2014, the Company reflect the remeasurementrecorded a restructuring charge of all applicable U.K. deferred tax balances$15.3 million ($0.17 per share) related to the new income tax rates asits restructuring programs and an asset impairment charge of April 1, 2012 and 2011, respectively.$4.8 million ($0.06 per share) related to certain technology investments.

(b)c)  In the third quarters of fiscal years 2015 and 2014, the Company recorded restructuring charges of $24.0 million ($0.28 per share) and $4.3 million ($0.05 per share) related to its restructuring programs, respectively.
d)  In the fourth quarters of fiscal years 2015 and 2014, the Company recorded restructuring charges related to its restructuring programs of $4.9 million ($0.07 per share) and $15.4 million ($0.17 per share), respectively. In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2012,2015, the Company recorded a $7.5 millionnon-recurring tax benefit or $0.12of $3.1 million ($0.05 per diluted share,share) related to tax deductions claimed on the reversalwrite-up of an incomecertain foreign tax reserve recorded in conjunction with the Blackwell acquisition in fiscal year 2007.assets to fair market value.

(c)  In the third quarter of fiscal year 2011, the Company recorded a $9.3 million bad debt provision ($6.0 million after taxes), or $0.10 per diluted share, related to the Company’s customer, Borders Group, Inc. (“Borders”). On February 16, 2011, Borders filed a petition for reorganization relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy code.

 
80

 

 
Schedule II
JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC., AND SUBSIDIARIES
VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED APRIL 30, 2012, 2011,2015, 2014, AND 20102013

(Dollars in thousands)

 Additions/ (Deductions)  Additions/ (Deductions) 
Description
Balance at Beginning of Period
Charged to
Cost &
Expenses
Deductions From Reserves(2)
Balance at End of Period
Balance at Beginning
of Period
Charged to
Expenses
and Other
Deductions
From
Reserves(2)
Balance
at End of
Period
Year Ended April 30, 2012  
Year Ended April 30, 2015 
Allowance for Sales Returns (1)
$48,909$82,901$96,037$35,773$28,633$52,848$56,141$25,340
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
$19,642$2,111$14,903$6,850$7,946
$3,100(3)
$2,756$8,290
Allowance for Inventory Obsolescence$36,917$23,074$26,059$33,932$25,087$17,655$20,841$21,901
Year Ended April 30, 2011  
Year Ended April 30, 2014 
Allowance for Sales Returns (1)
$55,311$96,841$103,243$48,909$31,834$52,770$55,971$28,633
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
$6,859$13,989$1,206$19,642$7,360$2,441$1,855$7,946
Allowance for Inventory Obsolescence$39,674$19,216$21,973$36,917$28,243$18,202$21,358$25,087
Year Ended April 30, 2010  
Year Ended April 30, 2013 
Allowance for Sales Returns (1)
$55,207$102,395$102,291$55,311$35,773$74,793$78,732$31,834
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
$5,655$3,177$1,973$6,859$6,850$1,863$1,353$7,360
Allowance for Inventory Obsolescence
$36,329$28,699$25,354$39,674$33,932$19,930$25,619$28,243
 
 (1)Allowance for sales returnsSales Returns represents anticipated returns net of a recovery of inventory and royalty costs. The provision is reported as a reduction of gross sales to arrive at revenue and the reserve balance is reported as a reduction of accounts receivableAccounts Receivable with a corresponding increasesincrease in InventoryInventories and a reduction in Accounts and royalties payableRoyalties Payable (See Note 2).
 
 (2)Deductions from reserves include foreign exchange translation adjustments and accounts written off, less recoveries.
 
(3)Additions to Allowance for Doubtful Accounts includes approximately $2 million related to the CrossKnowledge acquisition on May 1, 2014.

 
81

 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None

Item 9A.Controls and Procedures
 
Disclosure Controls and Procedures:  As The Company's Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, together with the Chief Accounting Officer and other members of the Company's management, have conducted an evaluation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) as of the end of the period covered by this report, an evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act.report.  Based on thatthis evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that the Company’sCompany's disclosure controls and procedures provide reasonable assurancewere effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it filesfiled or submitssubmitted under the Exchange Act is (i) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified inby the Securities and Exchange CommissionCommission's rules and forms and (ii) accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
 
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting: Our Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act.  Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based upon the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  Based on that evaluation, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting is effective as of April 30, 2012.2015.
 
KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and, as part of their audit, has issued their report, included herein, on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.
 
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting: There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2015 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting during fiscal year 2012.reporting.
 
Item 9B.  Other Information

None
 
PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
 
The name, age and background of each of the directors nominated for election are contained under the caption “Election of Directors” in the Proxy Statement for our 20122015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (“20122015 Proxy Statement”) and are incorporated herein by reference.
 
Information on the audit committee financial experts is contained in the 20122015 Proxy Statement under the caption “Report of the Audit Committee” and is incorporated herein by reference.
 
 
82

 
 
Information on the Audit Committee Charter is contained in the 20122015 Proxy Statement under the caption “Committees of the Board of Directors and Certain Other Information concerning the Board”Board.”
 
Information with respect to the Company’s Corporate Governance principles is publicly available on the Company’s Corporate Governance website at www.wiley.com/WileyCDA/Section/id-301708.html.
 
Executive Officers
 
Set forth below are the executive officers of the Company as of April 30, 2012.2015. Each of the officers listed will serve until the next organizational meetings of the Board of Directors of the Company and until each of the respective successors are duly elected and qualified.
 
PETER BOOTH WILEY - 6972
 September 2002 - Chairman of the Board, John Wiley and Sons, Inc. (Director since 1984)
 
STEPHEN M. SMITH – 57–60
 May 2011 - President and Chief Executive Officer, John Wiley and Sons, Inc. (succeeded by Mark Allin, effective June 1, 2015
 June 2009 - Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer – responsible for all publishing, editorial, sales and marketing and business development activities globally.
May 2007 - Senior Vice President, Wiley Europe, Asia and Australia – responsible for all company activities and operations in the world outside North America

ELLIS E. COUSENSMARK J. ALLIN6054
 2001 -February 2015- Executive Vice President and Chief Financial and Operations Officer –Operating Officer- responsible for the Company’s worldwide financial organization, strategic planningstrategy and business development, internal audit, information technology, distributionoperations for all of Wiley’s businesses. (succeeded Steve Smith as President and investor relations.Chief Executive Officer, effective June 1, 2015.)
MARK J. ALLIN – 50
September 2014 – Executive Vice President, Professional Development
 August 2010 - Senior Vice President, Professional and Trade PublishingDevelopment – responsible for leading the Company’s global Professional/TradeProfessional Development business.
 January 2010 - Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, Professional and Trade – responsible for P/TPD profitability and marketing operations.
JOHN A. KRITZMACHER – 54
 July 2009 -2013 – Executive Vice President Asia/Pacific and International DevelopmentChief Financial Officer, John Wiley & Sons Inc. – responsible for managing Wiley’sthe Company’s worldwide financial organization, strategic planning and business operations in Asiadevelopment, internal audit, customer service, distribution and Australia.investor relations.
 July 2006October 2012 - Managing Director, Wiley Asia – responsible for managing Wiley’s business operations in AsiaSenior Vice President of Business Operations, Organizational Planning & Structure at WebMD Health Corp
October 2008 - Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President of Global Crossing Ltd
 
WILLIAM ARLINGTONPATRIK U. DYBERG6351
 1996 -September 2014 – Executive Vice President and Chief Technology Officer
February 2012 – Senior Vice President and Chief Technology Officer – responsible for leading the Company’s global technology functions.
June 2009 – Senior Vice President, Global Solutions Development of LexisNexis – responsible for the development and maintenance of a large suite of customer-facing products.


MARY-JO O’LEARY – 52
September 2014 – Executive Vice President, Human Resources
May 2013 – Senior Vice President, Human Resources
October 2012 – Vice President and Director, Human Resources – responsible for managingworking with the Senior Vice President, Human Resources to manage the Company’s Global Human Resources organization.
July 2003 – Vice President, Marketing & Sales – responsible for managing the sales, marketing and custom publishing functions for the Company’s Education business.
 
JOSEPH S. HEIDER – 5356
September 2014 – Executive Vice President, Global Education
 May 2011 - Senior Vice President, Global Education – responsible for leading the Company’s Globalworldwide Education business.
 January 2011 - Senior Vice President, US Higher Education – responsible for leading the Company’s US  Higher Education business.
 May 2010 - Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, Higher Education – responsible for  leading the Company’s US Higher Education Product Development and New Business Development and Production Groups.
October 2000 - Vice President, Product and E-Business Development – responsible for leading the Company’s Higher Education Product and New Business Development Group.
83

 
GARY M. RINCK – 6063
September 2014 – Executive Vice President, General Counsel
 2004 - Senior Vice President, General Counsel – responsible for all of the Company’s legal and corporate governance functions at Wiley.
 
STEVEN J. MIRONPHILIP CARPENTER5159
 May 2010 - Senior2015 – Executive Vice President, Scientific, Technical, Medical and ScholarlyResearch – responsible for leading the Company’s Scientific, Technical, Medical and Scholarlyworldwide journals publishing business.
 November 2009 - Chief Operating Officer, Scientific, Technical, MedicalSeptember 2014 – Senior Vice President and Scholarly business – responsible for the STMS's editorial strategy and operations as well as product marketing.Managing Director, Research Communications
 February 2007 -May 2013 – Vice President and Managing Director, Physical ScienceResearch Communications – responsible for leading STMS's Physicalthe Company’s worldwide journals publishing business, as part of the broader Research organization.
December 2007 – Vice President and Managing Director, SSH– responsible for leading the Company’s worldwide Social Sciences business.and Humanities journals publishing business, as part of the broader Research organization.
 
VINCENT MARZANO – 4952
September 2014 – Senior Vice President, Treasurer
 September 2006 - Vice President, Treasurer – responsible for global treasury operations, insurable risk management, accounts receivable, and credit and collections.

EDWARD J. MELANDO – 5659
January 2013 – Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller– and Chief Accounting Officer – responsible for Financial Reporting, Taxes, and Financial Shared Services.
 2002 - Vice President, Corporate Controller and Chief Accounting Officer –Controller– responsible for Financial Reporting, Taxes and the Financial Shared Services.

MICHAEL PRESTON

REED ELFENBEIN – 61
May 2015 – Executive Vice President, International Development and Global Research Sales
May 2014 - Senior Vice President, International Development and Global Research Sales
October 2012 – Senior Vice President, International Development and STMS – leads team responsible for increasing market share in growing and emerging markets and leads the worldwide Research sales team.
February 2007 – Vice President and Managing Director, Sales and Marketing – responsible for leading the domestic and international sales and marketing teams.

CLAY E. STOBAUGH – 57
September 2014 – Executive Vice President & Chief Marketing Officer
October 2013 - Senior Vice President & Chief Marketing Officer
August 2011 – Senior Vice President, Corporate Marketing – responsible for strategic marketing and customer relationship management.

JOHN W. SEMEL – 44
 May 2015- Executive Vice President and Chief Strategy Officer- responsible for developing, prioritizing, and implementing strategies that drive business growth.
February 2009 – Senior Vice President, Planning and Development – responsible for global acquisitions and divestitures, strategic investments, strategic planning, corporate alliances and business development.

EDWARD J. MAY – 52
November 2013 - Corporate Secretary – responsible for Board administration and compliance with corporate regulatory requirements.
 August 2005October 2012 - Senior AssistantDirector of Corporate Secretary of Sunoco, Inc.Governance, Tyco International Ltd. – responsible for the governance of the company’s subsidiaries, joint venturesstructure and limited liability companies including Sunoco Logistics Partners, L.P. and Sun Coke entities. ERM program at Tyco International Ltd.

 
Item 11.Executive Compensation
 
Information on compensation of the directors and executive officers is contained in the 20122015 Proxy Statement under the captions “Directors’ Compensation” and “Executive Compensation,” respectively, and is incorporated herein by reference.

84

 
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
 
Information on the beneficial ownership reporting for the directors and executive officers is contained under the caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” within the “Beneficial Ownership of Directors and Management” section of the 20122015 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. Information on the beneficial ownership reporting for all other shareholders that own 5% of more of the Company’s Class A or Class B Common Stock is contained under the caption “Voting Securities, Record Date, Principal Holders” in the 20122015 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.


The following table summarizes the Company’s equity compensation plan information as of April 30, 2012:2015:

Plan Category 
Number of
securities to be
issued upon
exercise of
outstanding
options, warrants
and rights
(a)
 
Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding
options, warrants
and rights
(b)
 
Number of
securities remaining
available for future
issuance under equity
compensation plans
(excluding securities
reflected in column
(a) (c)
       
Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders 5,171,750 (1) $40.74 6,599,328
       
Equity compensation plans not approved by shareholders - - -
       
Total 5,171,750 $40.74 6,599,328
 Plan Category 
Number of
securities to be
issued upon
exercise of
outstanding
options, warrants
and rights
 
Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding
options, warrants
and rights
 
Number of
securities remaining
available for future
issuance under equity
compensation plans
        
 Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders 2,672,963(1) $45.50 6,166,816

(1) This amount includes the following awards issued under the 2009 Key Employee Stock Plan:
  (1)  This amount includes the following awards issued under the 2009 Key Employee Stock Plan:

·  4,130,2101,921,019 shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options with a weighted average exercise price of $40.74.$45.50

·  1,041,540751,944 non-vested performance-based and other restricted stock awards. Since these awards have no exercise price, they are not included in the weighted average exercise price calculation.

All of the Company’s equity compensation plans are approved by shareholders.
 
 
Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
 
Information on related party transactions and the policies and procedures for reviewing and approving related party transactions are contained under the caption “Transactions with Related Persons” within the “Board and Committee Oversight of Risk” section of the 20122015 Proxy Statement and are incorporated herein by reference.
 
Information on director independence is contained under the caption “Director Independence” within the “Board of Directors and Corporate Governance” section of the 20122015 Proxy Statement.
 
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services
 
Information required by this item is contained in the 20122015 Proxy Statement under the caption “Report of the Audit Committee” and is incorporated herein by reference.

 
85

 


PART IV

Item 15.Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K
(a)
Financial Statements and Schedules are included in the attached index on page 3 and are filed as part of this reportreport.
(b)
Reports on Form 8-K submitted to the Securities and Exchange Commission since the filing of the Company’s 10-Q on March 11, 2015:
 
Announcement of the officer change issued on Form 8-K dated April 15, 2015.
Announcement of Mark Allin appointment issued on Form 8-K dated June 1, 2015.
Earnings release on the fiscal year 20122015 results issued on Form 8-K dated June 19, 2012,16, 2015, which included certain condensed financial statements of the Company.
(c)
Exhibits
2.1Agreement and Plan of Merger dated as of August 12, 2001, among the Company, HMI Acquisition Corp. and Hungry Minds, Inc. (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K dated as of August 12, 2001).
2.2Scheme of Arrangement dated as of November 21, 2006, among the Company, Wiley Europe Investment Holdings Limited and Blackwell Publishing (Holdings) Limited (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K dated as of November 21, 2006).
3.1
Restated Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 1992).
3.2
Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation dated October 13, 1995 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 1997).
3.3
Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation dated as of September 1998 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended October 31, 1998).
3.4
Certificate of Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation dated as of September 1999 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended October 31, 1999).
3.5
By-Laws as Amended and Restated dated as of September 2007 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2008).
10.1
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of November 2, 2011, among the Company and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, and Other Lenders Party Hereto (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended October 31, 2011).
10.2
Agreement of the Lease dated as of August 4, 2000,July 14, 2014 between Block A South Waterfront Development L.L.C.,Hub Properties Trust as Landlord, an independent third party and the Company,John Wiley and Sons, Inc as Tenant (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended July 31, 2000)2014).
10.32009
2014 Director Stock Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended October 31, 2009)2014).
10.42009
2014 Executive Annual Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended October 31, 2011)2014).
10.5
Amended 20092014 Key Employee Stock Plan (Revised September 15, 2011 and incorporated(incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended October 31, 2011)2014).
10.6
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan as Amended and Restated effective as of January 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2010).
10.7
Amendments A and B to the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan as Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended July 31, 2010).
10.8
Resolution amending the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan to Cease Accruals and Freeze Participation effective June 30, 2013.
10.9
Supplemental Benefit Plan Amended and Restated as of January 1, 2009, including amendments through August 1, 2010 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended January 31, 2011).
10.910.10
Resolution amending the Supplemental Benefit (Retirement) Plan to Cease Accruals and Freeze Participation effective June 30, 2013.
10.11
Deferred Compensation Plan as Amended and Restated effectiveEffective as of January 1, 2008 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2010).

10.12
Resolution amending the Deferred Compensation Plan effective July 1, 2013.
10.1010.13
Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors’ 2005 & After Compensation (incorporated by reference to the Report on Form 8-K, filed December 21, 2005).
10.1110.14*
Form of the Fiscal Year 20132016 Qualified Executive Long Term Incentive Plan.
10.1210.15*
Form of the Fiscal Year 20132016 Qualified Executive Annual Incentive Plan.
10.1310.16*
Form of the Fiscal Year 20132016 Executive Annual Strategic Milestones Incentive Plan.
10.1410.17
Form of the Fiscal Year 20122015 Qualified Executive Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2011)2014).
10.1510.18
Form of the Fiscal Year 20122015 Qualified Executive Annual Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q10-K for the quarterly periodyear ended July 31, 2011)April 30, 2014).
10.1610.19
Form of the Fiscal Year 20122015 Executive Annual Strategic Milestones Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q10-K for the quarterly periodyear ended July 31, 2011)April 30, 2014).
10.1710.20
Form of the Fiscal Year 20112014 Qualified Executive Long Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2010)2013).
10.1810.21
Form of the Fiscal Year 20112014 Qualified Executive Annual Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2010)2013).
10.1910.22
Form of the Fiscal Year 20112014 Executive Annual Strategic Milestones Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2010)2013).
10.2010.23
Senior Executive Employment Agreement to Arbitrate dated as of April 29, 2003 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2003).
10.2110.24Schedule of individual officers party to Senior Executive Employment Agreement to Arbitrate dated as of April 29, 2003 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended October 31, 2009).
10.22
Senior Executive Non-competition and Non-Disclosure Agreement dated as of April 29, 2003 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2003).
10.2310.25Schedule of individual officers party to Senior Executive Non-Competition and Non-Disclosure Agreement dated as of April 29, 2003 (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended October 31, 2009).
10.24
Senior executive Employment Agreement dated as of September 17, 2010 and effective as of May 1, 2011, between Stephen M. Smith and the Company (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K dated as of September 22, 2010).
10.2510.26
Senior executiveExecutive Employment Agreement dated as of December 1, 2008,April 15, 2015 between Ellis E. CousensMark Allin and the Company (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended January 31, 2009)8-K dated as of April 15, 2015).
10.2610.27
Senior executive Employment Agreement dated as of May 20, 2013 between John A. Kritzmacher and the Company (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K dated as of June 4, 2013).
10.28
Senior executive Employment Agreement letter dated as of March 15, 2004, between Gary M. Rinck and the Company (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2011).
10.2710.29*
Senior executive Employment Agreement dated as of November 1, 2011 between Joseph S. Heider and the Company.
10.30
Senior executive Employment Agreement dated as of May 1, 2010 between StephenSteven J. Miron and the Company (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Report on Form 10-K for the year ended April 30, 2011).
10.28Senior executive Employment Agreement dated as of November 1, 2011, between Mark J. Allin and the Company.
21*
List of Subsidiaries of the Company
23*
Consent of KPMG LLP
31.1*
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
31.2*
Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.1*
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.2*
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

*           Filed herewith

 
87

 
101.INS
XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.LAB
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
101.DEF
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
*Filed herewith



SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

  JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC. 
  (Company) 
    
Dated:  June 26, 20122015By:/s/ Stephen M. SmithMark Allin 
  Stephen M. SmithMark Allin 
  President and
Chief Executive Officer 


Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Company and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
 
Signatures Titles Dated
/s/ Stephen M. SmithMark Allin President and Chief Executive Officer June 26, 20122015
Stephen M. SmithMark Allin Director  
     
/s/ Ellis E. CousensJohn A. Kritzmacher Executive Vice President and June 26, 20122015
Ellis E. CousensJohn A. Kritzmacher Chief Financial and Operations Officer  
     
/s/ Edward J. Melando Senior Vice President, Controller and June 26, 20122015
Edward J. Melando Chief Accounting Officer  
     
/s/ Peter Booth Wiley Director June 26, 20122015
Peter Booth Wiley    
     
/s/ BradfordJesse C. Wiley II DirectorManager Business Development Client Solutions and June 26, 20122015
BradfordJesse C. Wiley II
/s/ Warren J. Baker DirectorJune 26, 2012
Warren J. Baker  
     
/s/ William J. Pesce Director June 26, 20122015
William J. Pesce    
     
/s/ William B. Plummer Director June 26, 20122015
William B. Plummer    
     
/s/ Kalpana Raina Director June 26, 20122015
Kalpana Raina    
     
/s/ Mari J. Baker Director June 26, 20122015
Mari J. Baker
/s/ Jean-Lou ChameauDirectorJune 26, 2012
Jean-Lou Chameau    
     
/s/ Mathew S. Kissner Director June 26, 20122015
Mathew S. Kissner    
     
/s/ Raymond McDaniel, Jr. Director June 26, 20122015
Raymond McDaniel, Jr.    
     
/s/ Eduardo R. Menascé Director June 26, 20122015
Eduardo R. Menascé    
     
/s/ Linda KatehiGeorge Bell Director June 26, 20122015
Linda KatehiGeorge Bell    
 
 
88

 

 
Exhibit 21
SUBSIDIARIES OF JOHN WILEY & SONS, INC. (1)
As of April 30, 2015
Jurisdiction
In Which
Incorporated
John Wiley & Sons International Rights, Inc.Delaware
Deltak.edu, LLCDelaware
Wiley Brasil Divulgacao De Materiais Didaticos LTDA
Wiley Periodicals, Inc.
Brazil
Delaware
Wiley Publishing Services, Inc.
Wiley Subscription Services, Inc.
Delaware
Delaware
Inscape Publishing LLCDelaware
Profiles Talent Management Group, LLCTexas
Profiles International, LLCTexas
Wiley Publishing LLCDelaware
Wiley India Private Ltd.India
WWL Corp.Delaware
Wiley International, LLCDelaware
John Wiley & Sons UK LLPUnited Kingdom
John Wiley & Sons UK 2 LLPUnited Kingdom
Wiley Japan KKJapan
Wiley Europe Investment Holdings, Ltd.United Kingdom
Wiley U.K. (Unlimited Co.)United Kingdom
Wiley Europe Ltd.United Kingdom
John Wiley & Sons, Ltd.United Kingdom
John Wiley & Sons Singapore Pte. Ltd.Singapore
John Wiley & Sons Commercial Service (Beijing) Co., Ltd.China
J Wiley Ltd.United Kingdom
     John Wiley & Sons GmbHGermany
Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaAGermany
CrossKnowledge Group LimitedUnited Kingdom
CrossKnowledge Inc.Delaware
E-Learning SASFrance
Epistema SarlFrance
Wiley Heyden Ltd.United Kingdom
Wiley Distribution Services Ltd.United Kingdom
Blackwell Publishing (Holdings) Ltd.United Kingdom
Blackwell Science Ltd.United Kingdom
Blackwell Science (Overseas Holdings)United Kingdom
John Wiley & Sons A/SDenmark
Blackwell Verlag GmbHGermany
Wiley Publishing Japan KKJapan
Blackwell Publishing (HK) Ltd.Hong Kong
Wiley Publishing Australia Pty Ltd.Australia
John Wiley and Sons Australia, Ltd.Australia
Wiley Publishing Asia Pty. LtdAustralia
John Wiley & Sons Canada LimitedCanada
John Wiley & Sons (HK) LimitedHong Kong
Wiley Publishing CanadaCanada
Simulated Biomolecular Systems, Inc.Canada
(1)\ The names of other subsidiaries that would not constitute a significant subsidiary in the aggregate have been omitted.



Exhibit 23


CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM



The Board of Directors and Shareholders
John Wiley & Sons, Inc.:
We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 33-62605 and 333-167697 on Form S-8 of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (the “Company”) of our reports dated June 26, 2015, with respect to the consolidated statements of financial position of John Wiley & Sons, Inc. as of April 30, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, cash flows and shareholders’ equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended April 30, 2015, and the related financial statement schedule, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of April 30, 2015, which reports appear in the April 30, 2015 annual report on Form 10-K of John Wiley & Sons, Inc.

/s/  KPMG LLP

Short Hills, New Jersey
June 26, 2015